2010-09-07 13:32:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/****************************************************************************
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								**
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** All rights reserved.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								**
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								**
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Commercial Usage
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** written agreement between you and Nokia.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								**
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** GNU Free Documentation License
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								**
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								** $QT_END_LICENSE$
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								**
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								****************************************************************************/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-24 17:27:59 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// **********************************************************************
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// NOTE: the sections are not ordered by their logical order to avoid
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// reshuffling the file each time the index order changes (i.e., often).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// Run the fixnavi.pl script to adjust the links to the index order.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// **********************************************************************
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage{index.html}{Qt Creator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-overview.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Qt Creator Manual
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-07 15:34:37 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Version 2.0.93
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides a cross-platform, complete integrated development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    environment (IDE) for application developers to create applications for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    multiple desktop and mobile device platforms. It is available for Linux,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Mac OS X and Windows operating systems. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Operating Systems and Supported Platforms}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 19:10:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Please report bugs and suggestions to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-28 14:36:28 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com}{Qt Bug Tracker}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 19:10:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also join the Qt Creator mailing list. To subscribe,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    send a message with the word \e subscribe to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{mailto:qt-creator-request@trolltech.com}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {qt-creator-request@trolltech.com}. For more information about Qt mailing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 19:10:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    lists, visit \l{http://lists.trolltech.com}{http://lists.trolltech.com}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-31 16:16:37 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    <img border="0" style="float:right;" src="images/qtcreator-screenshots.png" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-31 16:16:37 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Introducing Qt Creator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Operating Systems and Supported Platforms}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Qt Creator User Interface}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Getting Started}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Building and Running an Example Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 09:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Creating a Mobile Application with Nokia Qt SDK}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Managing Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Creating a Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up a qmake Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Adding Libraries to qmake Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Managing Sessions}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Using the Editor}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Finding and Replacing}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Refactoring}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-01 17:13:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Using Qt Quick Toolbars}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Searching With the Locator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Configuring the Editor}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Using FakeVim Mode}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Using an External Editor}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Developing Application UI}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \if defined(qtquick)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    \o \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    \o \l {Creating Components}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    \o \l {Creating Screens}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    \o \l {Animating Screens}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    \o \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    \o \l {Implementing Application Logic}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endif
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Building and Running Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Building for and Running on Multiple Targets}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Specifying Build Settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Specifying Run Settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Specifying Editor Settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Specifying Dependencies}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Debugging}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Debugging the Example Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up Debugger}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Debugger Modes of Operation}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Using Version Control Systems}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Creating Task List Files}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 12:21:08 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Using Command Line Options}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Getting Help}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Tips and Tricks}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Known Issues}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Glossary}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Acknowledgements}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-overview.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-os-supported-platforms.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \title Introducing Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is an integrated development environment (IDE) that provides you with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    tools to design and develop complex applications for multiple desktop and mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-overview.png "Qt Creator overview"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 17:28:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Cross-platform Development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    One of the major advantages of Qt Creator is that it allows a team of developers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to share a project across different development platforms with a common tool
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for development and debugging.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 17:28:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The recommended way to build a project is to use a version control system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Store and edit only project source files and the .pro and .pri files (for qmake)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or CMakeLists.txt and *.cmake files (for CMake). Do not store
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files generated by the build system or Qt Creator, such as makefiles,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .pro.user, and object files. Other approaches are possible,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    but we recommend that you do not use network resources, for example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to specify separate build settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for each development platform. By default, \l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow builds} are used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    keep the build specific files separate from the source.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create separate versions of project files to keep platform-dependent
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code separate. You can use qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/qmake-tutorial.html#adding-platform-specific-source-files}{scopes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to select the file to process depending on which platform qmake is run on.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Items such as open files, breakpoints, and watches are stored in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    sessions. They are not considered to be part of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information shared across platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is integrated with cross-platform systems for build automation:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    qmake and CMake. In addition, you can import generic projects that do not use qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or CMake, and specify that Qt Creator ignores your build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition to Qt libraries, you can link your application to other
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    libraries, such as system libraries or your own libraries. Further, your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    own libraries might link to other libraries. To be able to compile your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project, you must add the libraries to your project. This also enables
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code completion and syntax highlighting for the libraries.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The procedure of adding a library to a project depends on the the build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    system that you use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides support for building and running Qt applications for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    desktop environment and mobile devices. When you install the Nokia Qt SDK,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build and run settings for the Maemo and Symbian targets are set up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    automatically. However, you need to install and configure some additional software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on the devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The only supported build system for mobile applications in Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator is qmake.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once your mobile application is ready, you can test it in the Qt Simulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also connect Maemo and Symbian devices to your development PC and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debug applications on the devices. After you have tested the application,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you can deploy it on mobile devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Developing applications for mobile devices is different from developing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    desktop applications. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    But why do you need projects? To be able to build and run applications,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator needs the same information as a compiler would need. This information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is specified in the project build and run settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creating a project allows you to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Group files together
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Add custom build steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Include forms and resource files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Specify settings for running applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can either create a project from scratch or import an existing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project. Qt Creator generates all the necessary files, depending on the type of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project you create. For example, if you choose to create a graphical user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    interface (GUI) application, Qt Creator generates an empty .ui file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that you can modify with the integrated \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is integrated with cross-platform systems for build automation: qmake and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    CMake. In addition, you can import generic projects that do not use qmake or CMake,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and specify that Qt Creator ignores your build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Editors
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 17:28:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator comes with a code editor and two integrated visual editors for designing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and building
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    graphical user interfaces (GUIs) from Qt widgets.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Code Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As an IDE, Qt Creator differs from a text editor in that it knows how to build and run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications. It understands the C++ and QML languages as code, not just as plain text. This allows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enable you to write well formatted code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Anticipate what you are going to write and complete the code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Display inline error and warning messages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enable you to semantically navigate to classes, functions, and symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Provide you with context-sensitive help on classes, functions, and symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Rename symbols in an intelligent way, so that other symbols with the same name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         that belong to other scopes are not renamed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Show you the locations in code where a function is declared or called
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 UI Designer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-07 14:25:45 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides two integrated visual editors, \QD and \QMLD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \QD is a tool for designing and building graphical user interfaces (GUIs) from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt widgets. You can compose and customize your widgets or dialogs and test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    them using different styles and resolutions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Widgets and forms created with \QD are integrated seamlessly with programmed code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    using the Qt signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign behavior to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed dynamically within the code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Furthermore, features like widget promotion and custom plugins allow you to use your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    own widgets with \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-07 14:25:45 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    UIs that use widgets are clearly structured and enforce a platform look and feel,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    which makes them useful for traditional applications. However, they are static, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    do not fully make use of the large high-resolution screens, touch input, and significant
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    graphics power that are becoming common in portable consumer devices, such as mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    phones, media players, set-top boxes, and netbooks.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \QMLD allows you to easily develop animations by using a declarative programming
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    language called \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtquick.html}{QML}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-07 14:25:45 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In QML, a user interface is specified as a tree of objects with properties.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You use a visual editor to create items, screens, and applications, as well as define changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in their state, transitions from one state to another, and user actions that change the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    states. \QMLD generates the necessary code for you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-05 13:54:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \section1 Languages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the code editor to write code in Qt C++ or in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtquick.html}{QML} declarative
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    programming language.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 QML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use QML to build highly dynamic, custom user interfaces from a rich set
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of QML elements. Qt Quick helps programmers and designers collaborate to build the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    fluid user interfaces that are becoming common in portable consumer devices, such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    mobile phones, media players, set-top boxes and netbooks.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QML is an extension to JavaScript, that provides a mechanism to declaratively build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    an object tree of QML elements. QML improves the integration between JavaScript and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt's existing QObject based type system, adds support for automatic property bindings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and provides network transparency at the language level.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides support for building and running Qt applications for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    desktop environment (Windows, Linux, and Mac OS) and mobile devices (Symbian, Maemo,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and MeeGo). Build settings allow you to quickly switch between build targets.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you build an application for a mobile device target with a device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connected to the development PC, Qt Creator generates an installation package,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installs in on the device, and executes it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can publish the installation packages on the \l{https://publish.ovi.com/info/}{Ovi Store}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For Symbian devices, the packages must be signed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Tools
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is integrated with a set of helpful tools, such as version control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    systems and Qt Simulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses the version control system's command line clients to access
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your repositories. The following version control systems are supported:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Git
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Subversion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Perforce
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o CVS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Mercurial
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The functions available to you in Qt Creator depend on the version control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    system. Basic functions are available for all the supported systems. They include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    comparing files with the latest versions stored in the repository and displaying the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    differences, viewing versioning history and change details, annotating files,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and committing and reverting changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Qt Simulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the Qt Simulator to test Qt applications that are intended
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for mobile devices in an environment similar to that of the device. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can change the information that the device has about its configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and environment.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Simulator is installed as part of the Nokia Qt SDK. After it is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installed, you can select it as a build target in Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator does not include a debugger. It provides a debugger plugin that acts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as an interface between the Qt Creator core and external native debuggers:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o GNU Symbolic Debugger (gdb)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o internal Java Script debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the Qt Creator \gui Debug mode to inspect the state of your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application while debugging. You can interact with the debugger in several
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    ways, including the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Go through a program line-by-line or instruction-by-instruction.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Interrupt running programs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set breakpoints.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine the contents of the call stack.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           the debugged program.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           local and global variables.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine the list of loaded shared libraries.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Create snapshots of the current state of the debugged program
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and re-examine them later.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator displays the raw information provided by the native debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in a clear and concise manner with the goal to simplify the debugging process
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as much as possible without losing the power of the native debuggers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition to the generic IDE functionality provided by stack view, views for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    locals and watchers, registers, and so on, Qt Creator includes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    features to make debugging Qt-based applications easy. The debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    plugin understands the internal layout of several Qt classes, for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    example, QString, the Qt containers, and most importantly QObject
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (and classes derived from it), as well as most containers of the C++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Standard Library and some gcc and Symbian extensions. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    deeper understanding is used to present objects of such classes in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a useful way.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you install Qt Creator as part of a Qt SDK, the GNU Symbolic Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is installed automatically and you should be ready to start debugging after
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you create a new project. However, you can change the setup to use debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    tools for Windows, for example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:16:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can connect mobile devices to your development PC and debug processes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    running on the devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-overview.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-os-supported-platforms.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-quick-tour.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Operating Systems and Supported Platforms
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Operating Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is available in binary packages for the following operating
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    systems:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Windows XP Service Pack 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Windows Vista
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-29 12:36:15 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o (K)Ubuntu Linux 7.04 (32-bit and 64-bit) or later, with the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o g++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o make
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libglib2.0-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libSM-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxrender-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libfontconfig1-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxext-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libfreetype6-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libx11-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxcursor-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxfixes-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxft-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxi-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxrandr-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 16:10:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o If you are using QtOpenGL, libgl-dev and libglu-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Mac OS 10.5 or later with the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o Xcode tools for your Mac OS X version available from your Mac
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                  OS X installation DVDs or at \l http://developer.apple.com.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \omit  ## Are the Xcode tools still needed separately? \endomit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Build Environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To build Qt Creator itself from the source, you need:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt 4.7 or later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o On Windows, MinGW 4.4 or Microsoft Visual Studio 2008
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Supported Mobile Device Platforms
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can develop applications for the following mobile device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    platforms:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Maemo and Maemo Application Development and Debugging Environment (MADDE)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table summarizes operating system support for building
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications for mobile device platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {1,3} Operating system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {3,1} Platform
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Desktop
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mac OS X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-os-supported-platforms.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-quick-tour.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-getting-started.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:20:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Qt Creator User Interface
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-breakdown.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:20:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you start Qt Creator, it opens to the \gui Welcome mode, where you can:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open tutorials and example projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o View tips and hints on using Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Create and open projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Send feedback to the development team
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open recent sessions and projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Read news from the Qt labs
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Ask for support
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the mode selector to change to another Qt Creator mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 17:31:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator has been localized into several languages. If the system language
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is one of the supported languages, it is automatically selected. To change
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the language, select \gui {Tools > Options > Environment} and select a language
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui Language field. The change takes effect after you restart Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Qt Creator Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The mode selector allows you to quickly switch between tasks such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editing project and source files, designing application UIs,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    configuring how projects are built and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    executed, and debugging your applications. To change modes, click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    icons, or use the \l{keyboard-shortcuts}{corresponding keyboard shortcut}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:20:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use Qt Creator in the following modes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Using the Editor}{Edit}} mode for editing project and source files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Developing Application UI}{Design}} mode for designing and developing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:20:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           application user interfaces. This mode is available for UI files (.ui or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .qml).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Debugging}{Debug}} mode for inspecting the state of your program while
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           debugging.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Managing Projects}{Projects}} mode for configuring project building and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:20:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           execution. This mode is available when a project is open.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Getting Help}{Help}} mode for viewing Qt documentation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Certain actions in Qt Creator trigger a mode change. Clicking on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-16 15:00:48 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug} > \gui {Start Debugging} > \gui {Start Debugging}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    automatically switches to \gui {Debug} mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Browsing Project Contents
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:20:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The sidebar is available in the \gui Edit and \gui Debug modes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the sidebar to browse projects, files, and bookmarks, and to view
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the class hierarchy.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-sidebar.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can select the content of the sidebar in the sidebar menu:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Projects shows a list of projects open in the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Open Documents} shows currently open files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Bookmarks shows all bookmarks for the current session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{File System} shows all files in the currently selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui {Class View} shows the class hierarchy of the currently
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            open projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Outline shows the element hierarchy of a QML file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui {Type Hierarchy} shows the base classes of a class. For
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            more information, see \l{Viewing Type Hierarchy}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can change the view of the sidebar in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To toggle the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           or press \key Alt+0 (\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To split the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-splitbar.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           . Select new content to view in the split view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To close a sidebar view, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-closesidebar.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The additional options in each view are described in the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    sections.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing Project Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The sidebar displays projects in a project tree. The project tree contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a list of all projects open in the current session. The files for each
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project are grouped according to their file type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the project tree in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To bring up a context menu containing the actions most commonly
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           needed right-click an item in the project tree.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           For example, through the menu of the project root directory you can,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           among other actions, build, re-build, clean and run the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To hide the categories and sort project files alphabetically, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui{Simplify Tree}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To hide source files which are automatically generated by the build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           system, during a build, click \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui{Hide Generated Files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To keep the position in the project tree synchronized with the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           currently opened in the editor, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-synchronizefocus.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To see the absolute path of a file, move the mouse pointer over the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           file name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 17:06:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing the File System
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot see a file in the \gui Projects view, switch to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {File System} view, which shows all the files in the file system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To keep the position in the tree synchronized with the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    opened in the editor, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-synchronizefocus.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing the Class Hierarchy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui {Class View} shows the class hierarchy of the currently
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    open projects. To organize the view by subprojects, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-show-subprojects.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing QML Elements
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Outline view shows the element hierarchy in a QML file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To see a complete list of all bindings, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui{Show All Bindings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To keep the position in the view synchronized with the element
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           selected in the editor, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-synchronizefocus.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The task pane in Qt Creator can display one of the following panes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Build Issues}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Search Results}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Application Output}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Compile Output}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{General Messages}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Version Control}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Output panes are available in all \l{Qt Creator modes}{modes}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 13:24:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Click the name of an output pane to open the pane. To maximize
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    an open output pane, click the \gui {Maximize Output Pane} button
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or press \key {Alt+9}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To search within the \gui{Application Output} and \gui{Compile Output}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    panes, press \key {Ctrl+F} when the pane is active. Enter search
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    criteria in the \gui Find field and click the left and right arrows to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    search down and up in the pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open the \gui{General Messages} and \gui{Version Control}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    panes, select \gui {Window > Output Panes}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 11:20:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Build Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Build Issues} pane provides a list of errors and warnings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    encountered during a build. The pane filters out irrelevant output from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build tools and presents the issues in an organized way.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Right-clicking on a line brings up a context menu with options to copy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the contents and to show a version control annotation view of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    line that causes the error message.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 11:20:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-build-issues.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To view task lists in the \gui{Build Issues} pane, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select \gui{My Tasks}. Entries from a task list file (.tasks) are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    imported to the pane. Press \key F6 and \key Shift+F6 to jump from one issue
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the next.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about creating task files, see \l{Creating Task List Files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Search Results
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Search Results} pane displays the results for global searches,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for example, searching within a current document, files on disk, or all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The figure below shows an example search result for all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    occurrences of \c textfinder within the \c "/TextFinder" directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-search-pane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Application Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Application Output} pane displays the status of a program when
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it is executed, and the debug output.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The figure below shows an example output from qDebug().
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-application-output.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compile Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Compile Output} pane provides all output from the compiler.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Compile Output} is a more detailed version of information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displayed in the \gui{Build Issues} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-compile-pane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Navigating with Keyboard
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator caters not only to developers who are used to using the mouse,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    but also to developers who are more comfortable with the keyboard. A wide
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    range of \l{keyboard-shortcuts}{keyboard} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Searching With the Locator}{navigation} shortcuts are available to help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    speed up the process of developing your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-12 16:29:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-task-lists.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-help.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-tips.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-12 16:29:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Getting Help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator comes fully integrated with Qt documentation and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    examples using the Qt Help plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To view documentation, switch to \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To obtain context sensitive help, move the text cursor to a Qt class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           or function and press \key F1. The documentation is displayed in a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           pane next to the code editor, or, if there is not enough vertical
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           space, in the fullscreen \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-context-sensitive-help.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To select and configure how the documentation is displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Help mode, select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Help.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-31 17:01:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Finding Information in Qt Documentation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator, Qt SDK, Nokia Qt SDK and other Qt deliverables contain documentation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as .qch files. All the documentation is accessible in the \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To find information in the documentation, select:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Bookmarks to view a list of pages on which you have added bookmarks.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Contents to see all the documentation installed on the development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        PC and to browse the documentation contents.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Index to find information based on a list of keywords in all the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        installed documents.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui {Open Pages} to view a list of currently open documentation pages.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Search to search from all the installed documents.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding Bookmarks to Help Pages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can add bookmarks to useful help pages to easily find them later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui Bookmarks view. You can either use the page title as the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    bookmark or change it to any text. You can organize the bookmarks in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    folders in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-help-add-bookmark-dlg.png "Add Bookmark dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a bookmark to an open help page:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \inlineimage qtcreator-help-add-bookmark.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        (\gui {Add Bookmark}) button on the toolbar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Add Bookmark} dialog, click \gui OK to save the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        page title as a bookmark in the \gui Bookmarks folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To import and export bookmarks, select \gui {Tools > Options... > Help >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    General Settings > Import} or \gui Export.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding External Documentation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can display external documentation in the \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To augment or replace the documentation that ships with Qt Creator and Qt:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Create a .qch file from your documentation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           For information on how to prepare your documentation and create a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .qch file, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qthelp-framework.html}{The Qt Help Framework}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To add the .qch file to Qt Creator, select \gui Tools >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Options... > \gui Help > \gui Documentation > \gui Add.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-31 17:01:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Detaching the Help Window
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, context-sensitive help is opened in a window next to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code editor when you press \key F1. If there is not enough vertical
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    space, the help opens in the full-screen help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can specify that the help always opens in full-screen mode or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is detached to an external window. Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Help >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    General Settings} and specify settings for displaying context-sensitive help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui {On context help} field. To detach the help window, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Always Show Help in External Window}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can select the help page to open upon startup in the \gui {Home Page}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Documentation Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can filter the documents displayed in the \gui Help mode to find
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    relevant information faster. Select from a list of filters in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Filtered by} field. The contents of the \gui Index and \gui Contents
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pane in the sidebar change accordingly.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-help-filters.png "Help filters"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can modify the filters to include external documentation, for example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or you can define your own filters. To construct filters, you can use the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    filter attributes that are specified in the documentation. Each document
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    contains at least one filter attribute. If several documents contain the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    same filter attribute, such as \c tools, you can use that attribute to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    include all those documents.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add filters:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Help > Filters > Add}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter a name for the filter and press \gui {OK}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui Attributes, select the documents that you want to include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        in the filter.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-help-filter-attributes.png "Help filter attributes"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Help mode, select the filter in the \gui {Filtered by}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        field to see the filtered documentation in the sidebar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To modify filters, select a filter in \gui Filters, select the attributes,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and then click \gui Apply.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To remove filters, select them in \gui Filters, and click \gui Remove.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-external.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-design-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-usability.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Application UI
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the integrated \QD to design and build graphical user interfaces (GUIs) from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt widgets. You can compose and customize your widgets or dialogs and test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    them using different styles and resolutions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Widgets and forms created with \QD are integrated seamlessly with programmed code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    using the Qt signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign behavior to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed dynamically within the code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Furthermore, features like widget promotion and custom plugins allow you to use your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    own widgets with \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    UIs that use widgets are clearly structured and enforce a platform look and feel,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    which makes them useful for traditional applications. However, they are static, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    do not fully make use of the large high-resolution screens, touch input, and significant
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    graphics power that are becoming common in portable consumer devices, such as mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    phones, media players, set-top boxes, and netbooks.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can easily develop animations by using a declarative programming
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    language called \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtquick.html}{QML}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-30 16:03:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In QML, a user interface is specified as a tree of objects with properties.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can edit QML code in the code editor. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The integration includes project management and code completion.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Qt Designer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically opens all .ui files in \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-formedit.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To change the layout of \QD user interface elements:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui{Form Editor} > \gui Views >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Locked.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           When this option is unchecked, you can change the layout.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the header of an element and drag the element to a new
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           position.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 12:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To change \QD properties, select \gui Tools > \gui Options... >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Designer.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set the class properties and code generation preferences in \gui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {Class Generation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set an additional folder for saving templates in \gui{Template
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Paths}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set the grid settings and preview preferences in \gui Forms. To
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           preview your form with skins, enable \gui{Print/Preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Configuration} and select your skin. Otherwise default preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           settings are used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To preview the settings, select \gui Tools > \gui{Form Editor} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 11:54:01 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Preview, or press \key Alt+Shift+R.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To specify embedded device profiles, such as style, font, and screen
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           resolution, select \gui{Embedded Design}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-09 15:15:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To switch between forms and code, use \key Shift+F4.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on \QD, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/designer-manual.html}{Qt Designer Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Qt Quick Designer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can edit .qml files in the visual \QMLD editor or in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In \gui Projects, double-click a .qml file to open it in the code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editor. Then select the \gui {Design} mode to edit the file in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The visual \QMLD editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable or disable the \QMLD visual editor, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Help > About Plugins... > Qt Quick > QmlDesigner}. You must restart Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to enable or disable the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-visual-editor.png "Visual editor"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the visual editor panes to manage your project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {Navigator} pane displays the items in the scene. You can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    show and hide items to focus on specific parts of the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {Library} pane displays lists of predefined \gui {Items} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    imported \gui {Resources} that you can use to design applications. The
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    images and other files that you copy to the project folder appear in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Resources} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {Properties} pane displays the properties of the selected component.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     You can also change the properties in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {State} pane displays the different states of the component. To add
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    states, click the empty slot. Then modify the new state in the editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the code editor, you can see the changes recorded as changes to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the base state.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-wizards.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-using.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-finding.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using the Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator's code editor is designed to aid you in creating, editing and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    navigating code.  Qt Creator's code editor is fully equipped with syntax
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    checking, code completion, context sensitive help and in-line error
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    indicators while you are typing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Editor Toolbar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The editor toolbar is located at the top of the editor view. The editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    toolbar is context sensitive and shows items relevant to the file currently
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    open in the editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-editortoolbar-symbols.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the toolbar to navigate between open files and symbols in use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To browse forward or backward through your location history, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-back.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and \inlineimage qtcreator-forward.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To go to any open file, select it from the \gui{Open files} drop-down menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Right-click the menu title and select \gui {Copy Full Path to Clipboard} to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    copy the path and name of the current file to the clipboard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To jump to any symbol used in the current file, select it from the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Symbols drop-down menu. By default, the symbols are displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    order in which they appear in the file. Right-click the menu title and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Sort Alphabetically} to arrange the symbols in alphabetic order.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Splitting the Editor View
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Split the editor view when you want to work on and view multiple files on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the same screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-spliteditorview.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can split the editor view in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Window > \gui Split or press \key{Ctrl+E, 2}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Split command creates views below the currently active editor view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To split the editor view into adjacent views, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Window > \gui{Split Side by Side} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key{Ctrl+E, 3}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Side by side split command creates views to the right of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           currently active editor view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move between split views, select \gui Window >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Go to Next Split} or press \key{Ctrl+E, O}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To remove a split view, place the cursor within the view you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    remove and select \gui Window > \gui{Remove Current Split} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key{Ctrl+E, 0}. To remove all but the currently selected split view,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select \gui Window > \gui{Remove All Splits} or press \key{Ctrl+E, 1}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-06 11:54:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Semantic Highlighting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator understands the C++ and QML languages as code, not as plain text.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It reads the source code, analyzes it, and highlights it based on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    semantic checks that it does for the following code elements:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Types (such as classes, structs, and type definitions)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Local variables
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Class fields
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Virtual methods
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To specify the color scheme to use for semantic highlighting, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Fonts & Color}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator supports syntax highlighting also for other types of files than
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    C++ or QML. For more information, see \l{Generic Highlighting}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Highlighting and Folding Blocks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use block highlighting to visually separate parts of the code that belong
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    together. For example, when you place the cursor within the braces,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the code enclosed in braces is highlighted.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-blockhighlighting.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable block highlighting, select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Display > \gui{Highlight blocks}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the folding markers to collapse and expand blocks of code within
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    braces. Click the folding marker to collapse or expand a block. In the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    figure above, the folding markers are located between the line number and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the text pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To show the folding markers, select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Display > \gui{Display folding markers}. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    option is enabled by default.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When the cursor is on a brace, the matching brace is animated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by default. To turn off the animation and just highlight the block and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the braces, select \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Display} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    deselect \gui {Animate matching parentheses}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Checking Code Syntax
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you write code Qt Creator checks code syntax. When Qt Creator spots a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    syntax error in your code it underlines it and shows error details when you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    move the mouse pointer over the error.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Syntax errors are underlined in red.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           In the following figure, a semicolon is missing at the end of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           line.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-syntaxerror.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Semantic errors and warnings are underlined in olive.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           In the following figure, the type is unknown.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-semanticerror.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Completing Code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator understands the code as code, not just as plain text. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    allows it to help you to write well formatted code and to anticipate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    what you are going to write and complete the code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 16:55:47 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The code completion differs somewhat depending on whether you write Qt code or QML code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Completing Qt Code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 15:06:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you write code, Qt Creator provides a list of context-sensitive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    suggestions to the statement currently under your cursor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-codecompletion.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open the list of suggestions at any time, press \key{Ctrl+Space}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If only one option is available, Qt Creator inserts it automatically.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 16:10:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When completion is invoked manually, Qt Creator completes the common prefix
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of the list of suggestions. This is especially useful for classes with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    several similarly named members. To disable this functionality, uncheck
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Autocomplete common prefix} in the code completion preferences.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Completion.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, code completion considers only the first letter case-sensitive.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To apply full or no case-sensitivity, select the option in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Case-sensitivity} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table lists available types for code completion and icon
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    used for each.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 15:06:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Icon
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Description
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 15:06:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/class.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/enum.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  An enum
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/enumerator.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  An enumerator (value of an enum)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/func.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/func_priv.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A private function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/func_prot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A protected function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/var.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/var_priv.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A private variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/var_prot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A protected variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/signal.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A signal
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A slot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot_priv.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A private slot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot_prot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A protected slot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/keyword.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A keyword
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/macro.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A macro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/namespace.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A namespace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Completing QML Code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you write QML code, Qt Creator suggests properties, IDs, and code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    snippets to complete the code. The snippets can consist of multiple
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    fields that you specify values for. Select an item in the list and press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Tab or \key Enter to complete the code. Press \key Tab to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    move between the fields and specify values for them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-code-completion.png "Completing QML code"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Bookmarks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To insert or delete a bookmark right-click the line number and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Toggle Bookmark} or press \key{Ctrl+M}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-togglebookmark.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To go to previous bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+,}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To go to next bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+.}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving to Symbol Definition or Declaration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Qt Creator you can move directly to the definition or the declaration of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a symbol by holding the \key Ctrl and clicking the symbol.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 15:13:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable this moving function, in \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 15:14:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Behavior, select \gui{Enable mouse navigation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 15:14:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also select the symbol and press \key F2, or right-click the symbol
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select \gui {Follow Symbol Under Cursor} to move to its definition or declaration.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This is supported for namespaces, classes, methods, variables, include statements,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and macros.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To switch between the definition and declaration of a symbol, press \key {Shift+F2}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or right-click the symbol and select \gui {Switch Between Method Declaration/Definition}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Type Hierarchy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To view the base classes of a class, right-click the class and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Open Type Hierarchy}  or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+T}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Update Code Model
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To refresh the internal information in Qt Creator pertaining to your code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select \gui{Tools} > \gui{C++} > \gui{Update Code Model}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note In Qt Creator indexing updates the code automatically. Use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Update Code Model} only as an emergency command.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-locator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-codepasting.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-options.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Qt Creator, you can paste snippets of code to a server or fetch
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    snippets of code from the server. To paste and fetch snippets of code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{CodePaster}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Pastebin.Com}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Pastebin.Ca}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To configure the server, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Code Pasting}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To paste a snippet of code onto the server, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Paste Snippet...} or press \key{Alt+C,Alt+P}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To fetch a snippet of code from the server, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Fetch Snippet...} or press \key{Alt+C,Alt+F}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note To use \gui{Pastebin.Com}, configure the domain
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    prefix in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Code Pasting} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Pastebin.com}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, you might ask colleagues to review a change that you plan to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    submit to a version control system. If you use the Git version control system,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you can create a \e{diff} view by selecting \gui{Tools} > \gui{Git} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Diff Repository}. You can then upload its contents to the server by choosing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools} > \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Paste Snippet...}. The reviewers can retrieve
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the code snippet by selecting \gui{Tools} > \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Fetch Snippet...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If they have the project currently opened in Qt Creator, they can apply and test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the change by choosing \gui{Tools} > \gui{Git} > \gui{Apply Patch}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-options.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-fakevim.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-external.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using FakeVim Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-29 13:59:29 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{FakeVim} mode, you can run the main editor in a manner similar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the Vim editor. To run the editor in the \gui{FakeVim} mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Edit} > \gui{Advanced} > \gui{Use Vim-style Editing} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-29 13:59:29 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key{Alt+V,Alt+V}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{FakeVim} mode, most keystrokes in the main editor will be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 11:28:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    intercepted and interpreted in a way that resembles Vim. Documentation for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Vim is not included in Qt Creator. For more information on using Vim,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l{http://www.vim.org/docs.php}{Documentation} on the Vim web site.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-29 13:59:29 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To map commands entered on the \gui{FakeVim} command line to actions of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator core, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{FakeVim} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Ex Command Mapping}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To make changes to the Vim-style settings, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options...} > \gui FakeVim > \gui{General}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use a Vim-style color scheme, select \gui {Tools > Options... >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Text Editor > Fonts & Color}. In the \gui {Color Scheme} list, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Vim (dark)}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-29 13:59:29 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 11:28:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To quit the FakeVim mode, click \gui {Quit FakeVim} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key{Alt+V,Alt+V}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-fakevim.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-external.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-design-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-29 13:59:29 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using an External Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open the file you are currently viewing in an external editor, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Edit > \gui Advanced > \gui{Open in External Editor}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use the external editor of your choice:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Add the editor path to the \c{PATH} environment variable of your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           operating system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In Qt Creator select \gui Tools > \gui Options... >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Environment > \gui General.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{External editor} enter the name of the application followed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           by \key Space and \tt{\bold %f}. For example, to open the file in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Smultron, enter \tt{\bold{smultron %f}}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To further define how to open the file in the external editor, you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           can use the following variables separated by a space:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Current line number \tt{\bold %l}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Current column number \tt{\bold %c}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's x position on the screen \tt{\bold %x}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's y position on the screen \tt{\bold %y}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's width in pixels \tt{\bold %w}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's height in pixels \tt{\bold %h}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's width in characters \tt{\bold %W}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's height in characters \tt{\bold %H}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o To pass % symbol to the editor \tt{\bold %%}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note Not all variables work with all editors.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-codepasting.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-options.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-fakevim.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Configuring the Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to configure the text editor to suit your specific
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    needs. To configure the editor, select  \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-font-colors.png "Text editor options"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can perform the following configuration actions:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set the font preferences and apply color schemes for syntax highlighting in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Font & Colors}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Specify definition files for syntax highlighting for other types of files than
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             C++ or QML in \gui{Generic Highlighter}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set tabs, indentation, the handling of whitespace, and mouse operations in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Behavior.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set various display properties, for example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{Highlighting and folding blocks}{highlighting and folding blocks},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           text wrapping or \l{Moving to symbol definition or declaration}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {moving to symbol definition or declaration}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           in \gui Display.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Configure \l{Completing Code}{code completion} in \gui Completion.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Configuring Fonts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can select the font family and size. You can specify a zoom setting in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    percentage for viewing the text. You can also zoom in or out by pressing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key {Ctrl++} or \key {Ctrl +-}, or by pressing \key Ctrl and rolling
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the mouse button up or down. To disable the mouse wheel function, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Behavior} and deselect the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Enable scroll wheel zooming} check box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Antialiasing is used by default to make text look smoother and more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    readable on the screen. Deselect the \gui Antialias check box to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    turn off antialiasing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Defining Color Schemes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can select one of the predefined color schemes for syntax highlighting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or create customized color schemes. The color schemes apply to highlighting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    both C++ and QML files and generic files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a color scheme:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Fonts & Color > Copy}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter a name for the color scheme and click \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Foreground field, specify the color of the selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        code element.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Background field, select the background
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        color for the code element.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The backgound of the \gui Text element determines the background of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you copy code from Qt Creator, it is copied in both plain text and HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    format. The latter makes sure that syntax highlighting is preserved when
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pasting to a rich-text editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Generic Highlighting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Generic highlighting is based on highlight definition files that are provided by the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://kate-editor.org/2005/03/24/writing-a-syntax-highlighting-file/}{Kate Editor}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can download highlight definition files for use with Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have a Unix installation that comes with the Kate Editor, you might already
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    have the definition files installed. Typically, the files are in a read-only directory,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and therefore, you cannot manage them. Qt Creator can try to locate them and use them
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as fallback files, when the primary location does not contain the definition for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    current file type. You can also specify the directory that contains preinstalled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    highlight definition files as the primary location.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you open a file for editing and the editor cannot find the highlight definition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for it, an alert appears. You can turn off the alerts. You can also specify patterns
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for ignoring files. The editor will not alert you if highlight definitions for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    ignored files are not found.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To download highlight definition files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Generic Highlighter}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-generic-highlighter.png "Generic Highlighter options"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Location field, specify the path to the primary location for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        highlight definition files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 10:33:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui {Download Definitions} to open a list of highlight definition files available for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        download.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 10:33:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-manage-definitions.png "Download Definitions dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select highlight definition files in the list and click \gui{Download Selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Definitions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 10:33:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the \gui {Use fallback location} check box to specify the secondary location
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        where the editor will look for highlight definition files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Autodetect to allow Qt Creator to look for highlight definition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        files on your system, or click \gui Browse to locate them in the file system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        yourself.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Ignored file patterns} field, specify file patterns. You will not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        receive alerts if the highlight definitions for the specified files are not found.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui OK to save your changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Indenting Code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 16:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-indentation.png "Text Editor Behavior options"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you type code, it is indented automatically according to the selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    options. Select a block to indent it when you press \key Tab.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Press \key {Shift+Tab} to decrease the indentation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you press \gui Backspace the indentation is decreased by one level,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    instead of one space, by default.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, the tab-length in code editor is 8 spaces, but you can change
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it. The code editor can also determine whether tabs or spaces are used
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on the previous or next line and copy the style.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can determine whether the block indent style includes braces,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or you can use the GNU indent style. The GNU style places braces on a separate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    line, indented by 2 spaces, except when they open a function definition, where
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    they are not indented.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-20 11:08:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also specify whether continuation lines are aligned with the previous
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code or just indented to the logical depth. You can always use spaces for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    alignment or use spaces or tabs depending on the other options you selected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following code snippet illustrates excluding braces from the indented block:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    void foobar(bool zoo)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        if (zoo)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            foo();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following code snippet illustrates including braces in the indented block:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    void foobar(bool zoo)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        if (zoo)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            foo();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following code snippet illustrates the GNU style:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    void foobar(bool zoo)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      if (zoo)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          foo();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-using.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-finding.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-refactoring.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Finding and Replacing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To search through the currently open file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key Ctrl+F or select \gui Edit > \gui Find/Replace >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Find/Replace}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the text you are looking for.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           If the text is found, all occurrences are highlighted as you type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To go to the next occurrence, click \inlineimage qtcreator-next.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           , or press \key F3. To go to the previous occurrence click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-previous.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           , or press \key Shift+F3.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can restrict the search in the \gui Find field by selecting one
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or several search criteria:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To make your search case sensitive, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-casesensitive.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To search only whole words, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-wholewords.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To search using regular expressions, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-regularexpressions.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Regular expressions used in Qt Creator are modeled on Perl regular
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           expressions. For more information on using regular expressions, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qregexp.html#details}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {Detailed Description} in the QRegExp Class Reference.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you have selected text before selecting \gui Find/Replace, the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    search is conducted within the selection.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To replace occurrences of the existing text, enter the new text in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Replace with} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace the selected occurrence and move to the next one,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           click \inlineimage qtcreator-next.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           or press \key Ctrl+=.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace the selected occurrence and move to the previous one,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           click \inlineimage qtcreator-previous.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace all occurrences in the file, click \gui{Replace All}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Advanced Search
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To search through projects, files on a file system or the currently open
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key Ctrl+Shift+F or select \gui Edit >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Find/Replace > \gui{Advanced Find} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Open Advanced Find...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the scope of your search:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{All Projects} searches files matching the defined file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               pattern in all currently open projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               For example, to search for \tt previewer only in \tt .cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               and \tt .h files, enter in \gui{File pattern}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \tt *.cpp,*.h.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \image qtcreator-search-allprojects.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{Current Project} searches files matching the defined file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               pattern only in the project you are currently editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{Files on File System} recursively searches files matching
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the defined file pattern in the selected directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{Current File} searches only the current file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the text you are looking for and click \gui Search.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-searchresults.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           A list of files containing the searched text is displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o To see all occurrences in a file, double-click the file name in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o To go to an occurrence, double-click it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-05 10:25:15 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note You can use \gui{Advanced Find} also to search for symbols. For more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information, see \l{Finding Symbols}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-finding.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-refactoring.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-01 17:13:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage qt-quick-toolbars.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Refactoring
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 14:16:57 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Code refactoring is the process of changing the code without modifying the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    existing functionality of your application. By refactoring your code you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Improve internal quality of your application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Improve performance and extensibility
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Improve code readability and maintainability
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Simplify code structure
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Finding Symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To find the use of a specific symbol in your project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the editor place the cursor on the symbol and select \gui Tools
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           > \gui C++ > \gui{Find Usages} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key Ctrl+Shift+U.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Qt Creator looks for the symbol in the following locations:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Files listed as a part of the project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Files directly used by the project files (for example, generated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               files)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Header files of used frameworks and libraries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-05 10:25:15 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note You can also select \gui{Edit > Find/Replace > Advanced Find >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        C++ Symbols} to search for classes, methods, enums, and declarations
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        either from files listed as part of the project or from all files that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        are used by the code, such as include files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-search-cpp-symbols.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The \gui{Search Results} pane opens and shows the location and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-refactoring-find.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can browse the search results in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To go directly to an instance, double-click the instance in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To move between instances, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-forward.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-back.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           in the \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To expand and collapse the list of all instances, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-expand.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To clear the search results, click \inlineimage qtcreator-clear.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-16 17:36:17 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Renaming Symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The functions available for renaming symbols depend on whether you are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    writing C++ or QML code. For QML, you can only rename IDs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To rename a specific symbol in a Qt project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the editor, place the cursor on the symbol you would like to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           change and select \gui Tools > \gui C++ >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Rename Symbol Under Cursor} or press \key Ctrl+Shift+R.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The \gui{Search Results} pane opens and shows the location and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-refactoring-replace.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace all selected instances, enter the name of the new symbol
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           in the \gui{Replace with} text box and click \gui Replace.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To omit an instance, uncheck the check-box next to the instance.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note This action replaces all selected instances of the symbol in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           all files listed in the \gui{Search Results} pane. You cannot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           undo this action.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Renaming local symbols does not open the \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The instances of the symbol are highlighted in code and you can edit the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    symbol. All instances of the local symbol are changed as you type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 14:27:00 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To rename an ID in a Qt Quick project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Right-click an ID in the QML code and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui {Rename id}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Rename id} field, enter the new ID.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-qml-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-managing.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-creating.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Managing Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    One of the major advantages of Qt Creator is that it allows a team of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    developers to share a project across different development platforms with a common
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    tool for development and debugging.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 17:28:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following sections describe how to manage projects:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 17:28:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Creating a Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Setting Up a qmake Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Adding Libraries to qmake Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Managing Sessions}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-managing.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-creating.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You use wizards to create and import several types of projects and files, such
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:21:56 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as Qt GUI or console applications and Qt Quick applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 11:09:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use wizards also to add individual files to your projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The wizards prompt you to enter the settings needed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for that particular type of project and create the necessary files for you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To display other types of files in the \gui Projects pane, specify them in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the project file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-new-project.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 17:28:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To change the location of the project directory, and to make changes in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build and run settings, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Projects} > \gui{General}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Project Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a new project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project} and select the type of your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The contents of the following dialogs depend on the project type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Follow the instructions of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           This example uses \gui {Qt Gui Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Name the project and set its path. To select the path from a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           directory tree, click \gui Browse.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Avoid using spaces and special characters in the project name and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           path.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-intro-and-location.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 11:09:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the Qt versions to use as build targets for your project, and click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-new-project-qt-versions.png "Target setting dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note If you have only one Qt version installed, this dialog is skipped.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Specify the name of the class you want to create and using the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           drop-down menu select its base class type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Note that the \gui{Header file}, \gui{Source file} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Form file} fields are automatically updated as you name your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-class-info.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To create the project, click \gui Finish.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-new-project-summary.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 11:09:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding Files to Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create the following types of files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt resource files, which allow you to store binary files in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        application executable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \QD forms and Qt QML files, which specify parts of application user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        interfaces
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o C++ class, source, or header files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Text files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating C++ Classes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui {C++ Class Wizard} allows you to create a C++ header and source file for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a new class that you can add to a C++ project. Specify the class name, base
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    class, and header and source files for the class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The  wizard supports namespaces. To use a namespace, enter a qualified
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    class name in the \gui {Class name} field. For example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    MyNamespace::MySubNamespace::MyClass.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cpp-class-wizard.png "Enter Class Name dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The names of the header and source file are based on the class name. To change the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    default suffix of a file, click \gui Configure.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create your own project and class wizards. For more information,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 11:09:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Displaying Additional File Types in Projects Pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator determines whether to display files from the project folder
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui Projects pane depending on the file type (.pro, .pri, .cpp,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .h, .ui, .qrc, and so on). To display other types of files, edit the the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project file. Add filenames as values of the \c {OTHER_FILES} variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also use wildcards.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, the following code specifies that text files are displayed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui Projects pane:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    OTHER_FILES += *.txt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This also makes the files available in the \gui Locator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 14:41:52 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding Subprojects to Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you create a new project, you can add it to another project as a subproject
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui{Project Management} dialog. However, you first have to edit the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .pro file of the parent project to specify that qmake uses the \c subdirs template
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to build the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \c subdirs template creates a Makefile for building subprojects. They can be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    located either in subdirectories of the project directory or in any other directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The location of the targets is specified using the SUBDIRS variable. If the project file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    has the same name as the directory, you can just specify the directory name. If the project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    name and directory name are different, you must specify the project file name (.pro).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on the SUBDIRS variable, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qmake-variable-reference.html#subdirs}{qmake Variable Reference}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, the following code specifies that plugin_coreplugin/plugin_coreplugin.pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and mylogin.pro belong to the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    TEMPLATE  = subdirs
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    SUBDIRS = plugin_coreplugin \
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    ../another/plugin/myplugin.pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To specify dependencies, use the \gui{Add Library} wizard. For more information,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l{Adding Libraries to qmake Projects}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-managing-sessions.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-wizards.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-using.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Adding New Custom Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have a team working on a large application or several applications,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you might want to standardize the way the team members create projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and classes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can copy the wizard templates in the template folders
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to create your own project and class wizards. They are displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui New dialog that opens when you choose \gui {File > New File or Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In a project wizard, you can specify the files needed in a project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can add wizard pages to allow developers to specify settings for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In a class wizard, you can allow developers to specify the class name, base
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    class, and header and source files for the class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To see how this works, rename wizard_example.xml as wizard.xml in the helloworld
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and listmodels folders. After you restart Qt Creator, the \gui {Custom Classes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \gui {Custom Projects} categories appear in the \gui New dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-custom-project-wizards.png "The New dialog with custom projects and classes"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Overview of Custom Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A custom wizard defines the user interface of a wizard page. The values the user enters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the wizard are assigned field names. Field name and value pairs are then passed to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the file creation process. File creation can happen in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Template-based, where source files that contain placeholders for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the field names are provided. During processing, the placeholders are replaced
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        by the values from the wizard page. Optionally, modifier
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        characters are applied. For more information, see \l{Processing Template Files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Generator script, where a script is called to create the files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note This option mainly exists to accommodate existing generator scripts or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        cases where complicated algorithmic logic is required when generating files. Writing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        cross-platform scripts is inherently difficult, and therefore, it is not recommended
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        for new wizards. For more information, see \l{Using Generator Scripts}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Custom wizards are located in subdirectories of the following directories:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c{share/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o the local user's configuration folder,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c{$HOME/.config/Nokia/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c{%APPDATA%\Nokia\qtcreator\templates\wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    They contain an XML configuration file called wizard.xml, the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    template source files, and optionally, the generator script.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating Project Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a project wizard:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Make a copy of the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/helloworld} or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/listmodel} folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Modify the wizard_example.xml file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code determines the type of the wizard and its place
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        in the \gui New dialog:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <wizard version="1" kind="project"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        class="qt4project" firstpage="10"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        id="A.HelloWorld" category="B.CustomProjects">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c version is the version of the file contents. Do not modify this value.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c kind specifies the type of the wizard: \c project or \c class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c class specifies the type of the project. Currently the only available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            type is \c qt4project, which specifies a Qt console project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c firstpage specifies the place of the new page in the standard project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            wizard. The value 10 ensures that the custom page appears after the standard
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            pages, as the last page of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c id is the unique identifier for your wizard. The letter specifies the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            position of the wizard within the \c category. The HelloWorld wizard appears
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            as the first wizard in the second category in the \gui New dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c category is the category in which to place the wizard in the list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            The letter specifies the position of the category in the list in the \gui New
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies the icon and text that appear in the \gui New
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         dialog:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <icon>console.png</icon>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <description>Creates a hello-world-project with custom message.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <description xml:lang="de">Erzeugt ein Hello-Welt-Projekt mit einer Nachricht.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displayname>Hello World</displayname>;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displayname xml:lang="de">Hallo Welt</displayname>;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displaycategory>Custom Projects</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displaycategory xml:lang="de">Benutzerdefinierte Projekte</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c icon appears next to the \c displayName.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c description appears at the bottom of the \gui New dialog when you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            select the display name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c displayName appears in the \gui New dialog, under the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \c displayCategory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can add translations as values for the text elements. Specify the target
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            language as an attribute for the element. Use locale names (QLocale).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            For example, \c {xml:lang="de"}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Files to be added to the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Template-based: The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <files>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="main.cpp" openeditor="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="project.pro" target="%ProjectName%.pro" openproject="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 10:51:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="icon.png" target="%ProjectName%.png" binary="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \c source specifies the file to copy to the project. The files must be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                located in the wizard folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \c openeditor indicates that the file is to be opened in an editor after
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                the wizard has finished.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 10:51:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \c binary indicates that the file is a binary file (for example, an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                image file). It is to be copied to the target folder as is. Placeholders
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                are not replaced with values.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \c target specifies the new filename for the file. The \c {%ProjectName%}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                variable is replaced with the string that users specify in the \gui Name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                field on the first page of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \c openproject indicates that the file is a project file which is to be opened
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                after the wizard has finished.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            See also \l{Processing Template Files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Generator-script: The following code specifies that the script \c generate.pl is to be used
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               to create the files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <generatorscript binary="generate.pl">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <argument value="--class-name=%ClassName%"/>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <argument value="--project-name=%ProjectName%"/>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <argument value="--header-suffix=%CppHeaderSuffix%" omit-empty="true"/>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <argument value="--source-suffix=%CppSourceSuffix%" omit-empty="true"/>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <argument value="--description=%Description%" omit-empty="true" write-file="true"/>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </generatorscript>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            In each argument, the field placeholders are replaced by the field
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            values. There are additional boolean attributes which give fine-grained control:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c omit-empty specifies that complete argument is to be omitted when all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               placeholders expand to empty values. In the above example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the option \c --source-suffix will not be passed to the script if the value is empty.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \o \c write-file indicates that instead of the expanded value,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                the value will be written to a temporary file and its file name will be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                passed to the script instead. This is useful for multi-line text fields.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             See also \l{Using Generator Scripts}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code creates a page that specifies settings for the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <!-- Create a 2nd wizard page with parameters -->
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle>Hello World Parameters</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle xml:lang="de">Hallo Welt Parameter</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <field mandatory="true" name="MESSAGE">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fieldcontrol class="QLineEdit" validator='^[^"]+$'  defaulttext="Hello world!" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription>Hello world message:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Hallo-Welt-Nachricht:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </field>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c fieldpagetitle specifies the title of the page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c field specifies whether the field is mandatory (\c true or \c false).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can use the value of the \c name field as a variable in other files (for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            example, \c {%MESSAGE%}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c fieldcontrol specifies the field. \c class specifies the field type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can use interface objects from the QWidget class to create fields. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            example uses QLineEdit to create an input field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c validator specifies a regular expression to check the characters allowed in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            the field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c defaulttext specifies text that appears in the field by default.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c fielddescription specifies the field name that appears on the wizard page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating Class Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The widget.xml file for a class wizard is very similar to that for a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    wizard. The differences are discussed below.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a class wizard:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies settings for the wizard:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <wizard version="1" kind="class" id="A.ListModel" category="B.CustomClasses">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <description>Creates a QAbstractListModel implementation.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <description xml:lang="de">Erzeugt eine Implementierung von QAbstractListModel.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displayname>QAbstractListModel implementation</displayname>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displayname xml:lang="de">Implementierung von QAbstractListModel</displayname>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displaycategory>Custom Classes</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displaycategory xml:lang="de">Benutzerdefinierte Klassen</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For more information about the elements and their values, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \l {Creating Project Wizards}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <files>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="listmodel.cpp" target="%ClassName:l%.%CppSourceSuffix%"  openeditor="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="listmodel.h" target="%ClassName:l%.%CppHeaderSuffix%"  openeditor="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </files>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Here, \c target contains the following variables that are used to construct
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the filename:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {%ClassName:l%} is replaced with the value of the \c ClassName field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The modifier \c l converts the string to lower case, to observe Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        conventions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-07 16:18:28 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} and \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} are pre-defined.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For more information, see \l{Pre-defined Standard Variables}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <!-- Create parameter wizard page -->
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle>ListModel parameters</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle xml:lang="de">Parameter des ListModel</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <field name="ClassName">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fieldcontrol class="QLineEdit" validator="^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$" defaulttext="MyListModel" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription>Class name:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Klassenname:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </field>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <field name="Datatype">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fieldcontrol class="QComboBox" combochoices="QString,int" defaultindex="0" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription>Data type:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Datentyp:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </field>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        In addition to QLineEdit, QComboBox is used in the class wizard to create
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        a field. \c combochoices specifies the options in the combobox and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c defaultindex specifies that QString is the default value.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Processing Template Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When processing a template source file, placeholders specifying the field names
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the format \c{%FIELDNAME%} are replaced by the values entered by the user.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition, modifier characters are supported. For example, \c{%FIELDNAME:u%}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    specifies that the value is converted to upper case. This enables generating header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    guards for C++ header files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following modifier characters are supported:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c{l} for lower case.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c{u} for upper case.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c{c} for upper case initial letter ("project" > "Project").
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use conditions to add sections of the file depending on field values.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use a syntax that is similar to C++ preprocessing, as demonstrated in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the profile of the \c{helloworld} example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    @if "%SCRIPT%" == "true"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QT += script
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    @endif
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The value of the Boolean (QCheckBox) field labeled \c{SCRIPT} determines
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    whether the script module is added. The expressions must expand to valid
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Javascript expressions after field replacement.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-07 16:18:28 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Pre-defined Standard Variables
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition to the field values entered by the user, you can use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following pre-defined standard values:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c {%ProjectName%} is replaced by the name of the project in the case
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of project wizards.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c {%Path%} is replaced by the path to the target directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For classes, this is the directory, where the files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    are created. For project wizards, an additional subdirectory
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    named after the project is created.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c {%TargetPath%} is replaced by the path to the directory where the actual files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    are created. For non-project wizards, it is identical to \c %Path%.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For project wizards, it is \c %Path%/%ProjectName%.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} is replaced by the default source suffix, which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is defined in Qt Creator in \gui {Tools > Options... > C++ > File Naming}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, if users enter \bold MyClass, the filename becomes myclass.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    when the project is created.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} is replaced by the default header suffix, which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is also defined in \gui {File Naming}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-28 14:49:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Validating User Input
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can specify validation rules for user input. The rules consist of a Boolean
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    JavaScript expression and an error message. The placeholders in them are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    replaced with values before they are evaluated or displayed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Consider the following rule used in the \l{Creating Class Wizards} example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    <validationrules>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <validationrule condition='"%ClassName%" != "QAbstractListModel"'>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <message>%ClassName% cannot be used as class name.</message>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <message xml:lang="de">%ClassName% kann nicht als Klassenname verwendet werden.</message>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </validationrule>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    </validationrules>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It ensures that the class name entered by the user does not match the name of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the base class. If the validation fails, a red label displaying the message appears
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    at the bottom of the wizard page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 16:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Generator Scripts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The values entered in the wizard page are passed to the script
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as command line arguments as defined by the wizard configuration file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition, the script must implement a \c{--dry-run} command line option.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator needs to know the file names before the files are created to check
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    whether files with identical names already exist, for example. Therefore,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    script file generation is a two-step process:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  Determine file names and attributes: The script is called with the command line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c{--dry-run} option and the field values. It then prints the relative path
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        names of the files it intends to create, followed by comma-separated attributes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        matching those of the \c{<file>} element, for example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        myclass.cpp,openeditor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        myclass.h,openeditor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        myproject.pro,openproject
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Create files: The script is called with the parameters only in the working directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       It then actually creates the files. If directories are needed, the script
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       should create them, too.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   The \c{scriptgeneratedproject} sample wizard illustrates the usage.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   A typical script invocation for this example (obtained by running Qt Creator with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \c{--customwizard-verbose}) looks as follows:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   generate.pl --class-name=TestClass --project-name=TestProject --header-suffix=h --source-suffix=cpp --description=/tmp/qtcreatorj26629.txt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-07 16:18:28 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   By default, the scripts are run in the directory corresponding to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \c %TargetPath%. This can be overriden by specifying the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   attribute \c workingdirectory on the element \c generatorscript.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   For example, if the script creates the project directory by itself,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   %Path% can be specified. In that case, \c --dry-run should output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   the correct relative paths or absolute paths constructed using the value of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \c %Path%.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 14:29:59 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-creating.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-qmake-libraries.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up a qmake Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The qmake tool helps simplify the build process for development projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    across different platforms. qmake automates the generation of makefiles
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    so that only a few lines of information are needed to create each makefile.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    qmake can be used for any software project, whether it is written in Qt or not.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The qmake tool generates a makefile based on the information in a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file that is generated by Qt Creator. It can generate makefiles for MinGW,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Microsoft Visual studio, and CSL ARM in Windows, and GNU Compiler Collection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (GCC) in Linux and Mac OS X.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about qmake, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/qmake-manual.html}{qmake Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Selecting the Qt Version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to have multiple versions of Qt installed on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your development PC and use different versions for each of your projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If Qt Creator finds \bold qmake in the \c{PATH} environment variable, it uses
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that version. The \l{glossary-system-qt}{ qmake version of Qt} is referred
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to as \bold{Qt in PATH}. If you intend to use only one version of Qt and it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is already in the \c{PATH} and correctly set up for command line use, you do
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    not need to manually configure your Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Projects with MinGW in Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version for \bold MinGW:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-windows-add.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and enter the name of the version in the \gui{Version name} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the qmake binary path in the \gui{qmake location} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the MinGW installation path in the \gui{MinGW directory} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-mingw.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Troubleshooting MinGW Compilation Errors
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If error messages displayed in the \gui {Compile Output} pane contain
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    paths where slashes are missing (for example, C:NokiaQtSDK),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    check your PATH variable. At the command line, enter the following commands:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        where sh.exe
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        where make.exe
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        where mingw32-make.exe
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If these commands show paths, they have been added to the global PATH variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    during the installation of a toolkit based on Cygwin or MinGW, even though
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    this is against Windows conventions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To keep working with the third-party toolkit, create a new shell link
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that adds the required paths (as Visual Studio and Qt do). The shell link
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    must point to cmd.exe, as illustrated by the following example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c {C:\Windows\System32\cmd.exe /K C:\path_to\myenv.bat}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    where the /K parameter carries out the command specified in the bat file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Create the myenv.bat file at \e path_to, which should be in a convenient location.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the file, specify the paths to the toolkits. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c  {set PATH=C:\path1;C:\path2;%PATH%}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    where \e path1 and \e path2 are paths to the toolkits.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Finally, remove the paths from the global PATH, reboot the computer, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    run the \c where commands again to verify that the global PATH is now clean.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the shell link to run the tools in the third-party toolkits.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Projects with Microsoft Visual C++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version for a \bold{Microsoft Visual C++} compiler:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt Creator automatically sets the correct environment variables for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           compilation. Select the internal version number of the installed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:47:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Microsoft Visual C++ tool chain in the \gui Toolchain list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-msvc.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If the \gui {Debugging helper} is not in use, click \gui Rebuild
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to take it to use. For more information, see \l{Using Debugging Helpers}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Qt for Symbian Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 14:26:33 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you are using \bold{Qt for Symbian} and your Symbian SDK is registered
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with devices.exe, Qt Creator automatically detects the Qt version. To add a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt for Symbian version:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the \gui{S60 SDK} you want the Qt Creator to use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-symbian.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To build an application for your device using GCCE, enter the path
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           to the CSL ARM toolchain directory in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{CSL\\GCCE Directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           You do not need to specify this path if the compiler is included in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           the \c{PATH} environment variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To build an application for the emulator (WINSCW toolchain), enter
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           the path to your Carbide C++ installation directory in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 14:27:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Carbide directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note You need to have Carbide C++ version 2.0 or later installed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Projects With Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To compile a project in Qt Creator, Linux uses GNU Compiler Collection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (GCC). Intel Compiler Collection (ICC) is supported as a drop-in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    replacement for GCC.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-linux-add.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the path to the qmake binary in \gui{Path to qmake}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Projects With Mac OS X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To compile a project in Qt Creator, Mac OS X uses GNU Compiler Collection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (GCC), which is part of Xcode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Qt Creator} > \gui Preferences... > \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-macosx-add.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the path to the qmake binary in \gui{Path to Qmake}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-qmake-libraries.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-cmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Adding Libraries to qmake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition to Qt libraries, you can add other libraries to your projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The way the library is added depends on whether it is a system library or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your own library or a 3rd party library located in the build tree of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    current project or in another build tree.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-17 10:54:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-add-library-wizard.png "Add Library wizard"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Because system libraries do not typically change and are often found by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    default, you do not need to specify the path to the library or to its includes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    when you add it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For your own libraries and 3rd party libraries, you need to specify
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the paths. Qt Creator tries to quess the include path for an external library,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    but you need to check it and modify it if necessary. Qt Creator automatically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    adds the include path for an internal library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For all libraries, select the target platforms for the application, library,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Specify whether the library is statically or dynamically linked. For a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    statically linked internal library, Qt Creator adds dependencies
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (PRE_TARGETDEPS) in the project file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Depending on the development platform, some options might be detected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    automatically. For example, on Mac OS, the library type (\gui Library or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Framework) is detected automatically and the option is hidden. However,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    if you develop on another platform than Mac OS and want to build your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project for the Mac OS, you must specify the library type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The default convention on Windows is that the debug and release versions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of a library have the same name,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    but are placed in different subdirectories, usually called \e debug and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \e release. If the library path does not contain either of these folders,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you cannot select the option to place the libraries in separate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    folders.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Alternatively, the letter \e d can be added to the library name for the debug
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    version. For example, if the release version is called example.lib, the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debug version is called exampled.lib. You can specify that the letter
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is added for the debug version and removed for the release version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If the library name ends in \e d, deselect the \gui {Remove "d" suffix
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for release version} option.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator supports code completion and syntax highlighting for the added
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    libraries once your project successfully builds and links to them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 To Add Libraries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Projects pane, open the project file (.pro).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Right-click in the code editor to open the context menu and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui {Add Library...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Follow the instructions of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about the project file settings, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qmake-project-files.html#declaring-other-libraries}{Declaring other Libraries}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Example of Adding Internal Libraries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following example describes how to add a statically linked internal
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library to your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Choose \gui {File > New File or Project... > Other Projects >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        C++ Library} to create the library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui {Introduction and Product Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-library-wizard-ex-1.png "Introduction and Product Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Type field, select \gui {Statically Linked Library}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Name field, give a name for the library. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \bold mylib.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Follow the instructions of the wizard until you get to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui {Project Management} dialog. In the \gui {Add to project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        list, select a project. For example, \bold myapp.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Projects pane, open the project file (.pro).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For example, \bold myapp.pro.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Right-click in the code editor to open the context menu and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui {Add Library... > Internal Library > Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Library field, select \bold mylib and click \gui Next.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Finish to add the following library declaration to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        project file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        win32:CONFIG(release, debug|release): LIBS += -L$$OUT_PWD/../../../projects/mylib/release/ -lmylib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        else:win32:CONFIG(debug, debug|release): LIBS += -L$$OUT_PWD/../../../projects/mylib/debug/ -lmylib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        else:symbian: LIBS += -lmylib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        else:unix: LIBS += -L$$OUT_PWD/../../../projects/mylib/ -lmylib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../../../projects/mylib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        DEPENDPATH += $$PWD/../../../projects/mylib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        win32:CONFIG(release, debug|release): PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$OUT_PWD/../../../projects/mylib/release/mylib.lib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        else:win32:CONFIG(debug, debug|release): PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$OUT_PWD/../../../projects/mylib/debug/mylib.lib
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        else:unix:!symbian: PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$OUT_PWD/../../../projects/mylib/libmylib.a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage quick-application-logic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-building-running.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-building-targets.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Building and Running Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides support for building and running Qt applications for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    desktop environment and mobile devices. When you install the Nokia Qt SDK,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build and run settings for the Maemo and Symbian targets are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    set up automatically.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can add a target if the necessary tool chain is installed on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    development PC and the Qt version is configured. Click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-qt4-addbutton.png "Add Target button"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select from a list of available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    targets. To remove a target, select it and click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-target-remove.png "Remove Target button"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can select the targets and click the \gui Run button to build and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 15:12:47 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    run the applications on the targets. You can click the \gui {Build All}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    button to build all open projects, one after another.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \section1 Setting Up a Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To view and modify the settings for currently open projects, switch to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-27 16:13:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Projects mode by pressing \key Ctrl+5.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-projectpane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The project pane consists of the following tabs:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Building for and Running on Multiple Targets}{Targets}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \note If you have installed only one tool chain, the \gui Targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       tab is replaced by a \gui {Build and Run} tab.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Specifying Editor Settings}{Editor Settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Specifying Dependencies}{Dependencies}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the \gui Build and \gui Run buttons to switch between
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build and run settings for the active project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have multiple projects open in Qt Creator, use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Select a Project} option at the top to navigate between different
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project edits.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-building-running.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-building-targets.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-build-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Building for and Running on Multiple Targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can build your application for multiple targets and run and debug it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on the desktop and mobile devices. When you run the application on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Maemo} or \gui {Symbian Devices} target, Qt Creator copies the necessary
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files to the device that is connected to the deveopment PC. In addition, Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator generates an installation package in the build directory. You can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    specify settings for deploying the files and creating the installation package.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building for and Running on Desktop
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Desktop as the target.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui Run button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building for and Running on Qt Simulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the Qt Simulator to test Qt applications that are intended
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for mobile devices in an environment similar to that of the device. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can change the information that the device has about its configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and environment.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui {Qt Simulator} as the target.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui Run button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about using the Qt Simulator, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qt-simulator-beta/index.html}{Qt Simulator Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building for and Running on Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Build and run the application for \l{Building for and Running on Qt Simulator}{Qt Simulator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Build and run the application for \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}{Maemo Emulator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 17:11:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Alternatively, you can build and run the application for a device:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set up the MADDE development environment and specify a connection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to the device. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Connect the device to the development PC.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui Run button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt Creator uses the compiler specified in the MADDE toolchain to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        build the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt Creator generates an installation package, installs in on the device,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 11:43:28 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and executes it. You can skip the packaging step to save some time.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The application views are displayed on the Nokia N900.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Command-line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        output is visible in the Qt Creator \gui {Application Output} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Choose \gui {Projects > Maemo Run} to view the settings for deploying the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        application on the connected device and creating the installation package.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For more information, see \l{Specifying Run Settings for Maemo Devices}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 17:11:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Debugging also works transparently.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building for and Running on Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Build and run the application for \l{Building for and Running on Qt Simulator}{Qt Simulator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If no problems are found, build and run the application for a device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To test functionality that uses Symbian APIs, you can build and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        run the application for Symbian Emulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The build configuration for the \gui{Symbian Device} target
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    uses the GCCE tool chain by default. If you want to build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for the device using RVCT, select it in the \gui {Tool chain} field
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui{General} section.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Building and Running for a Device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Install the required software on the device. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Connect the device to the development PC through a USB cable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 17:12:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The target selector displays a green check mark when a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        device is connected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-device-connected.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 17:12:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The tool tip of the target selector shows more details about the actual
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        device that will be used when you run your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Start the \gui{App TRK} application on your device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui Run button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can connect several devices to your development PC simultaneously.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the details of the run configuration for the \gui{Symbian Device} target,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select the device to run your application on.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you build the application for the \gui{Symbian Device} target, Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator automatically generates a Symbian installation system (SIS) file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the project folder. You can deliver the installation file to users for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation on Symbian devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When your application is ready for delivery to users, specify run settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for creating the final SIS installation packages. For more information,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l{Creating SIS Installation Packages}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Building and Running for Symbian Emulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \gui{Symbian Emulator} target as the active one, and build and run your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Troubleshooting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot build the application, check if:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o You selected the Symbian Device target for building the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The settings for the Qt version you use to build your project are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 14:26:33 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           correct. The path to the Symbian SDK must point to the Symbian SDK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           installation directory.  Select \gui Tools > \gui Options...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           > \gui Debugger > \gui{Symbian TRK} and check if it points to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           debugger toolchain.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot run the application on a device, check if:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The device is connected through the USB cable in \e{PC Suite} mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{App TRK} is running on the device, using the USB connection,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           with the status \e connected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The device is detected and selected in the run configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           details.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot run the application in the emulator, check if:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o You selected the \gui{Symbian Emulator} target for your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If you cannot select \gui {Symbian Emulator} as target, check that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Carbide.c++ is installed correctly and that the path to the Carbide.c++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        installation directory is specified in the \gui{Carbide directory} field
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        in the build settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If the emulator process cannot be started, try closing Qt Creator and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           starting the application directly from your file manager. Having
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           done this, Qt Creator should be able to run your projects in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           emulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \note Qt Creator does not create release configurations for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \gui {Symbian Emulator} target, because Symbian Emulator supports only debug
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     builds.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If this does not help to solve your problem, search the qt-creator@trolltech.com
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    mailing list archives or provide feedback to us via the methods described on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/pages/Home}{Qt Creator Development Wiki}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 11:41:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building with Remote Compiler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui {Remote Compiler} target is an interface to a compilation service at
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Forum Nokia. It provides a simple, standardized environment for building Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications and creating installation packages for Symbian and Maemo devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    when you do not have the necessary tool chains and SDKs installed or they are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    not supported on the development PC. You can choose from a set of supported
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    devices, such as S60 3rd Edition or S60 5th Edition devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Remote Compiler is an experimental component that you must install
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    separately from the package that is included in the Nokia Qt SDK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the Nokia Qt SDK installation directory, double-click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        SDKMaintenanceTool.exe to install \gui {Experimental APIs}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In Qt Creator, choose \gui {Tools > Options > Projects > Remote Compiler}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to log on to Forum Nokia.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image remotecompiler-fn-logon.png "Remote Compiler options"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Choose \gui {Projects}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \inlineimage qtcreator-qt4-addbutton.png "Add Target button"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and select \gui {Remote Compiler} to add Remote Compiler as a target.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Add to add mobile device platforms as build configurations.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui {Target Selector} and select a build configuration.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Choose \gui {Build > Build All}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The installation package is generated in the \gui {Build directory} on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the development PC.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about Remote Compiler, choose \gui {Help > Contents >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Remote Compiler}. The document is added during the installation of experimental
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    APIs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-building-targets.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-build-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-run-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Specifying Build Settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Different build configurations allow you to quickly switch between
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    different build settings. By default, Qt Creator creates \bold debug
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \bold release build configurations.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You specify build settings in the \gui Projects mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-projectpane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a new build configuration, click \gui Add and select the type of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    configuration you would like to add. You can add as many build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    configurations as you need.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To delete the build configuration currently selected, click \gui Remove.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Editing Build Configurations
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To edit a build configuration:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the build configuration you want to edit in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Edit Build Configuration}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In section \gui General, you can specify:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 08:53:01 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o The \l{glossary-project-qt}{Qt version} you want to use to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               build your project. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{Selecting the Qt version}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o The tool chain required to build the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 15:18:51 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o By default, projects are built in a separate directory
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               from the source directory, as \l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow builds}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               This keeps the files generated for each target platform separate.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \note Shadow building is not supported by the Symbian build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Also, shadow building on Windows is not supported for Maemo.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               If you only build for one target platform, you can deselect
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-04 15:24:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the \gui{Shadow build} checkbox.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 08:53:01 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Build Steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The build system of Qt Creator is built on qmake and make. In
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Build Steps} you can change the settings for qmake and make. Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator runs the make command using the Qt version defined for the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    build configuration.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-build-steps.png "Build steps"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-04 15:24:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding Custom Build Steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add custom steps to the build settings, select \gui {Add Build Step >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Custom Process Step}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, custom steps are disabled. To activate a custom step, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \gui{Enable custom process step} check-box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-build-steps-custom.png "Custom Process Step"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use any environment variables as values in the fields. For a list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of variable names, click \gui {Build Environment > Details}. You can specify
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    variables as ${VARNAME} or %VARNAME%. For example, ${BUILDDIR} or %BUILDDIR%.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Qt Creator sets SOURCEDIR and BUILDDIR as part of the build environment.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Build Environment}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Clean Steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the cleaning process to remove intermediate files. This process
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    might help you to fix obscure issues during the process of building a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-clean-steps.png "Clean steps"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can define the cleaning steps for your builds in the \gui{Clean Steps}:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To add a clean step using make or a custom process, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-04 15:24:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Add Clean Step} and select the type of step you want to add.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-04 15:24:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           By default, custom steps are disabled. To activate a custom step,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           select the \gui{Enable custom process step} check-box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To remove a clean step, click \gui{Remove Item}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To change the order of steps, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-movestep.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Build Environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can specify the environment you want to use for building in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \bold{Build Environment} section. By default, the environment in which Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator was started is used and modified to include the Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Depending on the selected Qt version, Qt Creator automatically sets the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    necessary environment variables. You can edit existing environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    variables or add, reset and unset new variables based on your project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    requirements.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-10-04 15:24:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-build-environment.png "Build Environment"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-build-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-run-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Specifying Run Settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically creates run configurations for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To view and modify the settings, select \gui {Projects > Run}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The settings to specify depend on the type of the project: qmake project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or Qt Quick project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 12:13:50 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Click \gui Add to add run settings for a project and \gui Remove to remove
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the current settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Run Settings for qmake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The run configurations for qmake projects derive their executable from the parsed .pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:07:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Specifying Run Settings for Desktop Targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can specify command line arguments to be passed to the executable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and the working directory to use. The working directory defaults to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the directory of the build result.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For console applications, check the \gui{Run in Terminal} check box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you need to run with special environment variables set up, you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    also do it in the run configuration settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 12:24:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-pprunsettings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 12:24:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:07:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also create custom executable run configurations where you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can set the executable to be run. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Specifying a Custom Executable to Run}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Specifying Run Settings for Symbian Devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically detects Symbian devices that are connected to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the development PC with an USB cable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If only one device is detected, the application is deployed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and run on it. If multiple devices are connected to the PC,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    make sure that the correct device is selected in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Symbian Device} run settings for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also pass command line arguments to your application on the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Press the \gui{Device info button} to get more information about the selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    device, such as the CPU type and the running TRK version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-symbian-run-settings.png "Run settings for Symbian devices"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Creating SIS Installation Packages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you build the application for the \gui{Symbian Device} target, Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator automatically generates a Symbian installation system (SIS) file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the project folder. You can deliver the installation file to users for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation on Symbian devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The name of the installation file is displayed in the \gui {Installation file}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    field. In the \gui {Installation drive} field, select the drive on the device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to install the application to. To suppress notifications on the device during the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation, select the \gui {Silent installation} check box. If the silent
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation fails, Qt Creator attempts installation again, this time displaying
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    notifications and error messages.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Only installation files signed with a certificate and private key are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    allowed to be installed onto Symbian devices. By default, Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    self-signs the installation file. This self-signing allows you to install
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the application on a mobile  device but places limits on what you can do
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with the installation file, including:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Self-signed applications cannot access the more sensitive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{Capabilities and Signing}{capabilities} of the mobile device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Security warnings will be displayed when you install the self-signed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           application on a mobile device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Self-signed applications cannot be distributed commercially on Ovi
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Store.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To get around these limitations, you need to go through the Symbian Signed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    process. The Symbian Signed organisation manages a public key
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    infrastructure to provide public authentication of the information in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application signing certificates. Their security partner can validate your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    certificate and give you a Publisher ID. Then, when you sign an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application, other people can be confident that the information in your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    certificate is correct and that the application does actually come from you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    There are also options that do not require you to get a Publisher ID. For
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    more detail about how the Symbian Signed process works, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Complete_Guide_To_Symbian_Signed}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {Complete Guide to Symbian Signed}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you have your own certificate and private key, you can specify them in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \gui{Create SIS Package} step in the run settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-signing.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If your private key is protected by a passphrase, Qt Creator asks you for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    passphrase when the package is signed and offers to store it. However, storing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    passphrases in Qt Creator presents a security risk. To make Qt Creator forget
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    all saved passphrases, click \gui {Reset Passphrases}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Capabilities and Signing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Capabilities allow the Symbian platform to control access by applications to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the functionality provided by the platform APIs. Access to capabilities is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    determined by the device configuration and how the application has been signed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Symbian Signed offers the following signing options depending on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    capabilities that the application accesses:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Express signed} for applications that access only user and system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        capabilities.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Certified signed} for applications that access also restricted or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        device manufacturer capabilities.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note You need to request the rights to access device manufacturer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        capabilities from the manufacturer.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about how to choose the appropriate signing option, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Symbian_Signed_For_Distributing_Your_Application}{Symbian Signed For Distributing Your Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you select a signing option that does not allow the application to access
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the defined capabilities, installing the application on mobile devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    fails. To avoid problems, only define capabilities and link libraries to a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    if you really need them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about capabilities and how you can check which ones you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    need, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Capabilities_(Symbian_Signed)}{Capabilities (Symbian Signed)}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/platform-notes-symbian.html#required-capabilities}{Required Capabilities for Qt Applications}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on how to define capabilities for a project, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qmake-platform-notes.html#capabilities}{Capabilities}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Creating Smart Installer for Symbian Packages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To deploy Qt applications on Symbian devices, you must install the software that Qt applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    require, typically Qt, QtWebkit, and Open C. Nokia Smart Installer for Symbian makes it easier
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for users to install Qt applications to Symbian phones by checking whether the device contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the necessary software and by installing the missing pieces.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For this to work, the Nokia Smart Installer must be packaged with the Qt application. The
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application SIS file must first be Symbian Signed. The capabilities used in the applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    determine, which signing option must be selected. The wrapper package must be signed using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    either the same option or a more extensive option than the application SIS.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To package Nokia Smart Installer with the application, select the \gui {Create Smart Installer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    package} check box. This ensures that up-to-date and appropriate versions of Qt and its
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    dependencies are installed on devices. Further, it reduces the file size of the application you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    publish, because you do not have to deliver the required applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about the Nokia Smart Installer, see the \e {Nokia Smart Installer for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Symbian Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Note: Nokia Smart Installer for Symbian is only available on Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Application UID
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A UID is a globally unique identifier that is used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    uniquely identify, for example, an object or file type. In Symbian development,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    objects are identified by compound identifiers that are constructed from three
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    UIDs, namely UID1, UID2, and UID3. UID1 and UID2 specify the category of an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    object, whereas UID3 identifies a particular object, such as an application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you create a \gui {Mobile Qt Application}, Qt Creator adds a UID3 suitable for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    development and debugging automatically to the application .pro file. However, to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    distribute your application and get it Symbian signed, you must apply for a UID
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    from Symbian Signed, which manages the allocation of UIDs. You can request UIDs either one
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    at a time or as preallocated blocks on the \l{https://www.symbiansigned.com/app/page}{Symbian Signed}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    web site.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Replace the testing UID with the distribution UID in the .pro file before you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    build the final installation package. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qmake-platform-notes.html#unique-identifiers}{Unique Identifiers}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:07:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Specifying Run Settings for Maemo Devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To run an application on a Maemo device, create and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a device configuration in the Maemo run settings for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also pass command line arguments to your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-screenshot-run-settings.png "Run settings for Maemo devices"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-30 17:24:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Deploying Applications to Maemo Devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can specify settings for deploying applications to Maemo devices in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project .pro file. You can view the settings in the \gui {Run Settings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you test your application on a device or the Maemo emulator, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    save some time by installing the built files directly on the connected device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    without packaging. Select the \gui {Skip packaging step} check box in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Create Package} step. However, this is not recommended and is only supported
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for simple application projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The files to be installed are listed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Deploy to Device} step, the \gui {Files to install} field. The
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Local File Path} field displays the location of the file on the development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    PC. The \gui {Remote Directory} field displays the folder where the file is installed on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-maemo-deployment.png "Deploy to device"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you develop your own libraries, Qt Creator needs to be able to access them
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    during compilation. When you install MADDE, an instance of the device file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    system, called sysroot, is installed to the development PC. Libraries are copied to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    sysroot if the \gui {Also deploy to sysroot} check box is selected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Creating Debian Installation Packages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you run the application on the \gui{Maemo} target, Qt Creator generates
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a debian installation package in the build directory by default. You can deliver
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the installation package to users for installation on Maemo devices that are of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the same type and run the same firmware as the connected device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-maemo-deb-package.png "Create installation package"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The name of the installation package is displayed in the \gui {Create Package}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    field in the \gui {Run Settings}. You can change the version number in the \gui {Version number} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides templates for a set of files that must be included
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in debian packages. To edit the files, select a file in \gui {Adapt debian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file} and click \gui Edit. The file opens in the text editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debian control file contains an application icon in encoded form. To add the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application icon to the file, select it in the \gui {Package manager icon} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about icon files and adding them manually, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{ http://wiki.maemo.org/Packaging#Displaying_an_icon_in_the_Application_Manager_next_to_your_package}{Displaying an icon in the Application Manager next to your package}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Qt Creator automates this process for you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:07:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying a Custom Executable to Run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you use cmake or the generic project type in Qt Creator, or want
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to run a custom desktop executable, create a \gui {Custom Executable}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    run configuration for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Specify the executable to run, command line arguments, working directory,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and environment variables to use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-run-custom-exe.png "Run settings for custom executables"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Run Settings for Qt Quick Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 12:13:50 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select run settings in the \gui {Run configuration} field. The settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    are specified automatically and, you mostly need to change them if you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    develop applications that use both C++ and QML:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-24 17:16:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui {Custom QML Viewer} is the path to the \QQV executable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt Creator ships with a specific version of \QQV and imported
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-24 17:16:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        modules, which is used by default. If you develop Qt Quick applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        that contain C++ plugins, you must select the \QQV version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        shipped with your Qt version here.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 12:13:50 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui {QML Viewer arguments} sets arguments for running \QQV.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \c{-I <directory>} argument searches for C++ or QML plugins from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the project folder. For a list of available arguments, enter \c {qml --help}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        on the command line.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 12:13:50 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui {Main QML file} is the Qt Quick project file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-24 17:16:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Debugger allows you to select the languages to debug:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui{C++} and \gui QML. \gui {Debug port} is the port to access \QQV.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        You can use any free port in the registered port range.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-run-settings.png "Run settings for Qt Quick projects"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-run-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-build-dependencies.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Specifying Editor Settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To define the default file encoding, select the desired encoding in \gui Projects >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Editor Settings}. By default, the Qt Creator uses the file encoding
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    used by your system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-editor-settings.png "Editor Settings view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-settings.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-build-dependencies.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugging.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Specifying Dependencies
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have multiple projects loaded in your session, you can define the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    dependencies between them. Inter-project dependencies affect the build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    order of your projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Inter-project dependencies are unrelated inside a qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-build-dependencies.png "Dependencies view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To define the dependencies between projects:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 18:10:17 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-04 12:10:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui Projects, select a project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Dependencies.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select projects as dependencies.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 14:29:59 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-quick-tour.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-getting-started.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-build-example-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Getting Started
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 16:40:17 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section contains examples that illustrate how to use Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to create, build, and run simple
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Building and Running an Example Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 09:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Creating a Mobile Application with Nokia Qt SDK}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-writing-program.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-mobile-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-qml-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 09:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Mobile Application with Nokia Qt SDK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 09:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note To complete this tutorial, you must install Nokia Qt SDK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The installation program installs and configures the necessary tool chains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for mobile application development.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator to create a small Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application, Battery Indicator, that uses the System Information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Mobility API to fetch battery information from the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-batteryindicator-screenshot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating the Battery Indicator Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Create the project with the \gui{Help} mode active so that you can follow
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    these instructions while you work.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt C++ Project > Mobile Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Application > Choose}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-new-mobile-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-mobile-intro-and-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {BatteryIndicator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Select Required Qt Versions} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-mobile-project-qt-versions.png "Select Required Qt Versions dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Maemo, \gui {Qt Simulator}, and \gui {Symbian Device} targets,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note Targets are listed if you installed the appropriate development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        environment, for example, as part of the Nokia Qt SDK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Class Information} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-mobile-class-info.png "Class Information dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Class Name} field, type \bold {BatteryIndicator} as the class name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Base Class} list, select \bold {QDialog} as the base class type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note The \gui{Header File}, \gui{Source File} and \gui{Form File} fields are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        automatically updated to match the name of the class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-mobile-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The BatteryIndicator project now contains the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o batteryindicator.h
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o batteryindicator.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o main.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o batteryindicator.ui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o BatteryIndicator.pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-mobile-project-contents.png "Project contents"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The files come with the necessary boiler plate code that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    modify, as described in the following sections. You do not need
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to change the main.cpp file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Declaring the Qt Mobility API
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui New wizard automatically adds information to the .pro file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that you need when you use the Qt Mobility APIs or develop applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for Symbian devices. You must modify the information to declare the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Mobility APIs that you use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This example uses the System Info API, so you must declare it, as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    CONFIG += mobility
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    MOBILITY = systeminfo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Each Mobility API has its corresponding value that you have to add
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as a value of MOBILITY to use the API. For a list of the APIs and the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    corresponding values that you can assign to MOBILITY, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qtmobility-1.0/quickstart.html}{Quickstart Example}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following code snippet shows information that is needed for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications developed for Symbian device. Qt Creator generated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the UID for testing the application on a device. You only need
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to change the UID and capabilities if you deliver the application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for public use and need to have it Symbian Signed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    symbian {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        TARGET.UID3 = 0xecbd72d7
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        # TARGET.CAPABILITY +=
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        TARGET.EPOCSTACKSIZE = 0x14000
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        TARGET.EPOCHEAPSIZE = 0x020000 0x800000
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Designing the User Interface
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Editor} mode, double-click the batteryindicator.ui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        file in the \gui{Projects} view to launch the integrated \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Drag and drop a \gui{Progress Bar} (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qprogressbar.html}{QProgressBar})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        widget to the form.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-mobile-project-widgets.png "Adding widgets to the UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Properties pane, change the \gui objectName to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \bold batteryLevelBar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-07 10:34:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Right-click the \gui BatteryIndicator object and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui {Lay Out > Lay Out Horizontally} to ensure that the battery
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        indicator widget size is adjusted correctly on Maemo devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        To adjust widget size correctly on Qt Simulator, remove the condition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        from the main.cpp file (displayed in the following code snippet) and just
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        leave the \c {w.showMaximized();} line:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/main.cpp 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Completing the Header File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The batteryindicator.h file contains some of the necessary #includes, a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    constructor, a destructor, and the \c{Ui} object. You must include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the System Info header file, add a shortcut to the mobility name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    space, and add a private function to update the battery level value in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the indicator when the battery power level changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the \c{batteryindicator.h} file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to open it for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Include the System Info header file, as illustrated by the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.h 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Add a shortcut to the mobility name space, as illustrated by the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.h 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Declare a private function in the \c{private} section, after the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c{Ui::BatteryIndicator} function, as illustrated by the following code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.h 3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Completing the Source File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Now that the header file is complete, move on to the source file,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    batteryindicator.cpp.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the batteryindicator.cpp file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to open it for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Create a QSystemDeviceInfo object and set its value. Then connect the signal
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        that indicates that battery level changed to the \c setValue
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        slot of the progress bar. This is illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.cpp 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Use the constructor to set initial values and make sure that the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         created object is in a defined state, as illustrated by the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.cpp 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Compiling and Running Your Program
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Now that you have all the necessary code, select \gui {Qt Simulator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as the target and click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    button to build your program and run it in the Qt Simulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Qt Simulator, run the runOutOfBattery.qs example script
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to see the value change in the Battery Indicator application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui {Scripting > examples > runOutOfBattery.qs > Run}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-mobile-simulated.png "Mobile example in Qt Simulator"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 09:21:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Testing on a Symbian Device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You also need to test the application on real devices. Before you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    start testing on Symbian devices, you must connect them to the development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    PC by using an USB cable and install the necessary software on them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Install Qt 4.6.2 libraries, the Qt mobile libraries, and the TRK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        debugging application on the device. For more information,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        see \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Start TRK on the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui {Target Selector} and select \gui {Symbian Device}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Run to build the application for the Symbian device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Testing on the Maemo Emulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Maemo emulator emulates the Nokia N900 device environment. You can test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications in conditions practically identical to running the application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on a Nokia N900 device with the software update release 1.2 (V10.2010.19-1).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-getting-started.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-build-example-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-writing-program.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Building and Running an Example Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can test that your installation is successful by opening an existing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    example application project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-17 15:23:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o On the \gui Welcome page, select \gui {Choose an Example... >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Animation Framework > Animated Tiles}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-gs-build-example-open.png "Selecting an example"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select targets for the project. Select at least Qt Simulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and one of the mobile targets, Maemo or Symbian Device, depending on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the device you develop for.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-gs-build-example-targets.png "Selecting targets"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note You can add targets later in the \gui Projects mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To test the application in Qt Simulator, click the \gui {Target
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Selector} and select \gui {Qt Simulator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image {qtcreator-gs-build-example-select-qs.png} "Selecting Qt Simulator as target"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \inlineimage{qtcreator-run.png}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 14:30:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to build the application and run it in Qt Simulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To see the compilation progress, press \key{Alt+4} to open the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui Compile Output pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 14:30:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui Build progress bar on the toolbar turns green when the project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:10:03 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        is successfully built. The application opens in Qt Simulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image {qt-simulator.png} "Qt Simulator"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Change the settings in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui View pane, for example, to toggle the orientation by clicking
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui {Rotate Device}, or choose from the various Symbian and Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        configurations by clicking \gui {Device}. You can also simulate various
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        mobile functions and create your own scripts.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To test the application on a Symbian device install Qt 4.6.2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and the TRK debugging application on the device. For more information,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        see \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the \gui {Target Selector} and select \gui {Symbian Device}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Run to build the application for the Symbian device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-mobile-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-qml-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-managing.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Qt Quick Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note This tutorial assumes that you are familiar with the \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtquick.html}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {QML declarative language}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator to create a small
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Quick application, Hello World.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-helloworld-edited.png "Hello World"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating the Hello World Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 15:14:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Qt QML Application > Choose}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-new-project-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:22:33 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {HelloWorld}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-new-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The HelloWorld project now contains the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o HelloWorld.qmlproject
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o HelloWorld.qml
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Projects pane in the \gui Sidebar displays the project files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-new-project-contents.png "HelloWorld project contents"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .qmlproject file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image files in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the project folder belong to the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .qml file contains the following example code that specifies a rectangle
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and a label that contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the text \bold {Hello World}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    import Qt 4.7
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Rectangle {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        width: 200
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        height: 200
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Text {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            x: 66
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            y: 93
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            text: "Hello World"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Your application is now ready.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Running the Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application in the QML Viewer.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-helloworld.png "Hello World"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Changing Hello World Properties
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To experiment with QML and to try some of the code editor features, change the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    properties of the rectangle and text. Move the cursor on \gui Rectangle and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    press \key F1 to get help on the available properties. Try adding a \gui color
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    property to the \gui Rectangle. When you start to type,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the code completion feature of the code editor suggests properties, IDs, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code snippets to complete the code. Select an item in the list and press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Tab or \key Enter to complete the code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The code editor checks the code syntax and underlines syntax errors.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Move the cursor over an error to display detailed information about it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following code illustrates how to set the backround color
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to light steel blue and the text color to white:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    import Qt 4.7
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Rectangle {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        width: 200
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        height: 200
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        color: "lightsteelblue"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Text {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            x: 66
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            y: 93
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            text: "Hello World"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            color: "white"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-helloworld-edited.png "Hello World in blue and white"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 15:12:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-build-example-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-writing-program.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 15:12:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-mobile-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Qt C++ Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to create a small Qt application, Text Finder. It is a simplified version of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QtUiTools \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/uitools-textfinder.html}{Text Finder}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-screenshot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating the Text Finder Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 16:57:33 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Create the project with two instances of Qt Creator open and the \gui{Help} mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    active in one of them so that you can follow
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    these instructions while you work.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 16:57:33 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt C++ Project > Qt Gui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 15:14:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Application > Choose}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-intro-and-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {TextFinder}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The target setting dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-new-project-qt-versions.png "Target setting dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the Qt versions to use as build targets for your project, and click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note If you have only one Qt version installed, this dialog is skipped.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Class Information} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-class-info.png "Class Information dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Class Name} field, type \bold {TextFinder} as the class name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Base Class} list, select \bold {QWidget} as the base class type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note The \gui{Header File}, \gui{Source File} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Form File} fields are automatically updated to match the name of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-new-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The TextFinder project now contains the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.h
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o main.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.ui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-contents.png "TextFinder project contents"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .h and .cpp files come with the necessary boiler plate code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .pro file is complete.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Filling in the Missing Pieces
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Begin by designing the user interface and then move on to filling
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the missing code. Finally, add the find functionality.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Designing the User Interface
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png "Text Finder UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui{Editor} mode, double-click the textfinder.ui file in the \gui{Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    view to launch the integrated \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Drag and drop the following widgets to the form:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{Label} (QLabel)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{Line Edit} (QLineEdit)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{Push Button} (QPushButton)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui-widgets.png "Adding widgets to Text Finder UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note To easily locate the widgets, use the search box at the top of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Sidebar. For example, to find the \gui Label widget, start typing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the word \bold label.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-texfinder-filter.png "Filter field"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Double-click the \gui{Label} widget and enter the text \bold{Keyword}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Double-click the \gui{Push Button} widget and enter the text \bold{Find}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui Properties pane, change the \gui objectName to \bold findButton.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-objectname.png "Changing object names"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Press \key {Ctrl+A} to select the widgets and click \gui{Lay out Horizontally}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (or press \gui{Ctrl+H}) to apply a horizontal layout
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (QHBoxLayout).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-texfinder-ui-horizontal-layout.png "Applying horizontal layout"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Drag and drop a \gui{Text Edit} widget (QTextEdit)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the form.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Select the screen area and click \gui{Lay out Vertically} (or press \gui{Ctrl+L})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to apply a vertical layout (QVBoxLayout).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png "Text Finder UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Applying the horizontal and vertical layouts ensures that the application UI scales to different
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    screen sizes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o To call a find function when users press the \gui Find button, you use the Qt signals
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and slots mechanism. A signal is emitted when a particular event occurs and a slot is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a function that is called in response to a particular signal. Qt widgets have predefined
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    signals and slots that you can use directly from \QD. To add a slot for the find function:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Right-click the \gui Find button to open a context-menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select \gui {Go to Slot > clicked()}, and then select \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            A private slot, \c{on_findButton_clicked()}, is added to the header file,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            textfinder.h and a private function, \c{TextFinder::on_findButton_clicked()},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            is added to the source file, textfinder.cpp.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Press \gui{Ctrl+S} to save your changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about designing forms with \QD, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/designer-manual.html}{Qt Designer Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Completing the Header File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The textfinder.h file already has the necessary #includes, a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    constructor, a destructor, and the \c{Ui} object. You need to add a private
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function, \c{loadTextFile()}, to read and display the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    contents of the input text file in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QTextEdit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui{Projects} pane in the \gui {Edit view}, double-click the \c{textfinder.h} file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to open it for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Add a private function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the \c{private} section, after the \c{Ui::TextFinder} pointer, as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.h 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 14:45:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Completing the Source File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Now that the header file is complete, move on to the source file,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   textfinder.cpp.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui{Projects} pane in the \gui Edit view, double-click the textfinder.cpp file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to open it for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Add code to load a text file using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QFile, read it with QTextStream, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:08:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    then display it on \c{textEdit} with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtextedit.html#plainText-prop}{setPlainText()}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This is illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o To use QFile and QTextStream, add the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    following #includes to textfinder.cpp:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o For the \c{on_findButton_clicked()} slot, add code to extract the search string and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use the \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtextedit.html#find}{find()} function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to look for the search string within the text file. This is illustrated by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Once both of these functions are complete, add a line to call \c{loadTextFile()} in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the constructor, as illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \c{on_findButton_clicked()} slot is called automatically in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the uic generated ui_textfinder.h file by this line of code:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 17:57:43 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName(TextFinder);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating a Resource File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You need a resource file (.qrc) within which you embed the input
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    text file. The input file can be any .txt file with a paragraph of text.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Create a text file called input.txt and store it in the textfinder
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a resource file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 15:14:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt > Qt Resource File > Choose}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui {Choose the Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard2.png "Choose the Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:48:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, enter \bold{textfinder}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Path} field, enter \c{C:\Qt\examples\TextFinder},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:48:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard3.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Add to project} field, select \bold{TextFinder.pro}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and click \gui{Finish} to open the file in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Add > Add Prefix}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Prefix} field, replace the default prefix with a slash (/).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Add > Add Files}, to locate and add input.txt.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-resource.png "Editing resource files"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Compiling and Running Your Program
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Now that you have all the necessary files, click the \inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-18 17:15:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    button to compile and run your program.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-maemo-emulator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-version-control.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-task-lists.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Version control systems supported by Qt Creator are:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i \bold{Version Control System}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i \bold{Address}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i \bold{Notes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Git}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://git-scm.com/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:51:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Subversion}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://subversion.tigris.org/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:51:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Perforce}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://www.perforce.com}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:51:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Server version 2006.1 and later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-07 18:25:45 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{CVS}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://www.cvshome.org}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Mercurial}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://mercurial.selenic.com/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Qt Creator 2.0 and later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses the version control system's command line clients to access
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your repositories. To allow access, make sure that the command line clients
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can be located using the \c{PATH} environment variable or specify the path to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the command line client executables in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Version Control}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    After you set up the version control system, use the command line to check
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that everything works (for example, use the status command). If no issues arise,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you should be ready to use the system also from Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-09 15:15:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using msysGit on Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you configure Git for use with \c {git bash}, only, and use SSH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    authorization, Git looks for the SSH keys in the directory where the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c HOME environment points to. The variable is always set by \c {git bash}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    However, the variable is typically not set in a Windows command prompt.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you run Git from a Windows command prompt, it looks for the SSH keys in its
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation directory, and therefore, the authorization fails.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can set the \c HOME environment variable from Qt Creator. Select \gui {Tools >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Options... > Version Control > Git}. Select the \gui {Environment Variables}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and the \gui {Set "HOME" environment variable} check boxes. \c HOME is set to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c %HOMEDRIVE%%HOMEPATH% when the Git executable is run and authorization works
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as it would with \c {git bash}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Common Options
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Version Control} > \gui{Common}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to specify settings for submit messages:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o   \gui{Submit message check script} is a script or program that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             can be used to perform checks on the submit message before
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             submitting. The submit message is passed in as the script's first
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             parameter. If there is an error, the script should output a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             message on standard error and return a non-zero exit code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o    \gui{User/alias configuration file} takes a file in mailmap format
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             that lists user names and aliases. For example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Jon Doe <Jon.Doe@company.com>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Hans Mustermann <Hans.Mustermann@company.com> hm <info@company.com>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \note The second line above specifies the alias \e{hm} and the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             corresponding email address for \e{Hans Mustermann}. If the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             user/alias configuration file is present, the submit editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             displays a context menu with \gui{Insert name...} that pops up a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             dialog letting the user select a name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o    \gui{User fields configuration file} is a simple text file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             consisting of lines specifying submit message fields that take
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             user names, for example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Reviewed-by:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Signed-off-by:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The fields above appear below the submit message. They provide completion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for the aliases/public user names specified in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \e{User/alias configuration file} as well as a button that opens the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    aforementioned user name dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating VCS Repositories for New Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows for creating VCS repositories for version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    control systems that support local repository creation, such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Git or Mercurial.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When creating a new project by selecting \gui File >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{New File or Project...}, you can choose a version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    control system in the final wizard page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Tools} menu contains a sub-menu for each supported version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    control system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Version Control} output pane displays the commands
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that are executed, a timestamp, and the relevant output.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui {Window > Output Panes > Version Control} to open
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-pane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you create a new file or a new project, the wizard displays a page
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    asking whether the files should be added to a version control system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This happens when the parent directory or the project is already
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    under version control and the system supports the concept of adding files,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for example, Perforce and Subversion. Alternatively, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    add files later by using the version control tool menus.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    With Git, there is no concept of adding files. Instead, all modified
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files must be staged for a commit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing Diff Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    All version control systems provide menu options to \e{diff} the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file or project: to compare it with the latest version stored in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    repository and to display the differences. In Qt Creator, a diff is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displayed in a read-only editor. If the file is accessible, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    double-click on a selected diff chunk and Qt Creator opens an editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displaying the file, scrolled to the line in question.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-diff.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing Versioning History and Change Details
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Display the versioning history of a file by selecting \gui{Log}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (for Git and Mercurial) or \gui{Filelog} (for CVS, Perforce, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Subversion). Typically, the log output contains the date, the commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    message, and a change or revision identifier. Click on the identifier to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    display a description of the change including the diff.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Right-clicking on an identifier brings up a context menu that lets you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    show annotation views of previous versions (see \l{Annotating Files}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-log.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Annotating Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Annotation views are obtained by selecting \gui{Annotate} or \gui{Blame}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Selecting \gui{Annotate} or \gui{Blame} displays the lines of the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    prepended by the change identifier they originate from. Clicking on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    change identifier shows a detailed description of the change.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To show the annotation of a previous version, right-click on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 18:01:17 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    version identifier at the beginning of a line and choose one of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    revisions shown at the bottom of the context menu. This allows you to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    navigate through the history of the file and obtain previous versions of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it. It also works for Git and Mercurial using SHA's.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The same context menu is available when right-clicking on a version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    identifier in the file log view of a single file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Committing Changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once you have finished making changes, submit them to the version control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    system by choosing \gui{Commit} or \gui{Submit}. Qt Creator displays a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    commit page containing a text editor where you can enter your commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    message and a checkable list of modified files to be included.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-commit.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you have finished filling out the commit page information, click on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Commit} to start committing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Diff Selected Files} button brings up a diff view of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files selected in the file list. Since the commit page is just another
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editor, you can go back to it by closing the diff view. You can also check
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a diff view from the editor combo box showing the \gui{Opened files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Reverting Changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To discard local changes to a file or project, use the \gui Revert
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function or the \gui {Undo Changes/Undo Repository Changes} function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (for Git). The changes discarded depend on the version control system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, in Perforce, select \gui{Revert File/Revert Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to discard changes made to open files, reverting them to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    revisions last synchronized from the repository. Select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Revert Unchanged} to revert files if their contents or file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    type have not changed after they were opened for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using Additional Git Functions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Git sub-menu contains the following additional items:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui {Apply Patch/Apply Patch...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Apply changes to a file or project from a diff file. You can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                either apply a patch file that is open in Qt Creator or select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                the patch file to apply from the file system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stash Snapshot...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Save a snapshot of your current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                work under a name for later reference. For example, if you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                want to try out something and find out later that it does not work,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                you can discard it and return to the state of the snapshot.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stash}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Stash local changes prior to executing a \gui{Pull}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stash Pop}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Remove a single stashed state from the stash list and apply it on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                top of the current working tree state.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 15:57:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Pull}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Pull changes from the remote repository. If there are locally
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                modified files, you are prompted to stash those changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                The \gui Git options page contains an option to do
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                a rebase operation while pulling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Clean Repository.../Clean Project...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Collect all files that are not under version control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                with the exception of patches and project files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                and show them as a checkable list in a dialog
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                prompting for deletion. This lets you completely clean a build.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 15:57:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Branches...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Displays the branch dialog showing the local branches at the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                top and remote branches at the bottom. To switch to the local
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                branch, double-click on it. Double-clicking on a remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                branch first creates a local branch with the same name that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                tracks the remote branch, and then switches to it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 15:57:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \image qtcreator-vcs-gitbranch.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stashes...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Displays a dialog showing the stashes created by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \gui{Stash Snapshot...} with options to restore,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                display or delete them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui {Stage File for Commit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Mark new or modified files for committing to the repository.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                To undo this function, select \gui {Unstage File from Commit}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Show Commit...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Select a commit to view. Enter the SHA of the commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                in the \gui Change field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using Additional Mercurial Functions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Mercurial sub-menu contains the following additional items:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Import}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Apply changes from a patch file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Incoming}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                the changes that will be pulled.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Outgoing}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                the changes that will be pushed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Pull}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Pull changes from the remote repository.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Update}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Look at an earlier version of the code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using Additional Perforce Functions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you start Qt Creator, it looks for the executable specified
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui{P4 command} field in \gui{Tools > Options... > Version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Control > Perforce}. If you do not use Perforce and want to turn
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    off the check, clear this field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Perforce sub-menu contains the following additional items:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Describe...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  View information about changelists and the files in them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Edit File}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Open a file for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Opened}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  List files that are open for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Pending Changes...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Group files for commit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Update All/Update Current Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Fetch the current version of the current project or all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            projects from the repository.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using Additional Subversion Functions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Subversion sub-menu contains the following additional items:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Describe...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Display commit log messages for a revision.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Update Project/Update Repository}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Update your working copy.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-01 17:13:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage qt-quick-toolbars.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-locator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-codepasting.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Searching With the Locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The locator provides one of the easiest ways in Qt Creator to browse
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through projects, files, classes, methods, documentation and file systems.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can find the locator in the bottom left of the Qt Creator window.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To activate the locator, press \key Ctrl+K (\key Cmd+K on Mac OS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    X) or select \gui Tools > \gui Locate....
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-locator.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To edit the currently open project's main.cpp file using the locator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Activate the locator by pressing \key Ctrl+K.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter \tt{main.cpp}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-locator-open.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key Return.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The main.cpp file opens in the editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It is also possible to enter only a part of a search string.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you type, the locator shows the occurrences of that string regardless
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of where in the name of an component it appears.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To narrow down the search results, you can use the following wildcard
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    characters:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To match any number of any or no characters, enter \bold{*}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To match a single instance of any character, enter \bold{?}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Locator Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The locator allows you to browse not only files, but any items
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    defined by \bold{locator filters}. By default, the locator contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    filters which locate:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Any open document
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Files anywhere on your file system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Files belonging to your project, such as source, header resource,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            and .ui files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Class and method definitions in your project or anywhere referenced
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            from your project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Help topics, including Qt documentation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Specific line in the document displayed in your editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use a specific locator filter, type the assigned prefix followed by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Space. The prefix is usually a single character.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, to locate symbols matching
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QDataStream:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Activate the locator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter \tt{\bold{: QDataStream}} (: (colon) followed by a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key Space and the symbol name (QDataStream)).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The locator lists the results.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-navigate-popup.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default the following filters are enabled and you do not need to use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    their prefixes explicitly:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Going to a line in the current file (l).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Going to an open file (o).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Going to a file in any open project (a).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using the Default Locator Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following locator filters are available by default:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Enter in locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Example
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a line in the current file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{l \e{Line number}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-line.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a symbol definition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{: \e{Symbol name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-symbols.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a help topic.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{? \e{Help topic}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-help.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to an open file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{o \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-opendocs.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a file in the file system (browse the file system).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{f \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-filesystem.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a file in any project currently open.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{a \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-files.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a file in the current project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{p \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-current-project.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a class definition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{c \e{Class name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-classes.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a method definition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{m \e{Method name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-methods.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Locator Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To quickly access files not directly mentioned in your project, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    create your own locator filters. That way you can locate files in a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directory structure you have defined.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a locator filter:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the locator, click \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 11:17:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui Configure.... to open the \gui Locator options.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-locator-customize.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 11:17:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Add.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Filter Configuration} dialog:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Name your filter.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select at least one directory. The locator searches directories
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               recursively.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Define the file pattern as a comma separated list. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               to search all .h and .cpp files, enter \bold{*.h,*.cpp}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Specify the prefix string.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               To show only results matching this filter, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \gui{Limit to prefix}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \image qtcreator-navigate-customfilter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Configuring the Locator Cache
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The locator searches the files matching your file pattern in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directories you have selected and caches that information. The cache for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 11:17:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    all default filters is updated as you write your code. By default,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator updates the filters created by you once an hour.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To update the cached information manually, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select \gui Refresh.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To set a new cache update time:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Locator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 11:17:22 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{Refresh interval}, define new time in minutes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 12:21:08 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-developing-symbian.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-managing-sessions.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-wizards.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Managing Sessions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 15:12:47 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you exit Qt Creator, a snapshot of your current workspace is stored
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 14:43:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as a \e session. A session is an arbitrary collection of:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 14:43:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open projects with their dependencies (including SUBDIRS projects)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open editors
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Breakpoints and watches
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Bookmarks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-30 14:43:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A session is  personal, that is, not meant to be shared. It is not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    supposed to reflect the project structure. It contains personal data, such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    bookmarks and breakpoints that are usually not of interest to other developers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    working on the same projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, if you work on a project and need to switch to another project for a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 15:12:47 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    while, you can save your workspace as a session. This makes it easier
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to return to working on the first project later.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-04 12:56:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a new session or remove existing sessions, select \gui File >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Sessions > \gui{Session Manager}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-04 12:56:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-session-manager.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 15:12:47 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To switch between sessions, choose
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui File > \gui Session. If you do not create or select a session,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator always uses the default session, which was created the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    last time you exited Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you launch Qt Creator, a list of existing sessions is displayed on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Welcome screen}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-welcome-session.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-build-dependencies.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugging.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugging-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator does not include a debugger. It provides a debugger plugin that acts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as an interface between the Qt Creator core and external native debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    such as the GNU Symbolic Debugger (gdb), the Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-28 16:20:24 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and an internal Java Script debugger. You can use the native debuggers to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debug the C++ language.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following sections describe debugging with Qt Creator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-28 16:20:24 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Debugging the Example Application} uses an example application to illustrate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        how to debug applications in the \gui Debug mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 16:27:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Interacting with the Debugger} describes the views and functions available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        in the \gui Debug mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Setting Up Debugger} summarizes the support for debugging C++ code and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        requirements for installation. Typically, the interaction between Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and the native debugger is set up automatically and you do not need to do anything.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Debugger Modes of Operation} describes the operating modes in which the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        debugger plugin runs, depending on where and how the process is started and run.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Using Debugging Helpers} describes how to get more detailed data
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        on complex data.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugger-engines.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugger-operating-modes.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugging-helpers.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Debugger Modes of Operation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger plugin runs in different operating modes depending on where and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    how the process is started and run. Some of the modes are only available for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a particular operating system or platform.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can launch the debugger in the following modes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Plain to debug locally started applications, such as a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt based GUI application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Terminal to debug locally started processes that need a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       console, typically without a GUI.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Attach to debug local processes started outside Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Remote to debug a process running on a different machine.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Core to debug crashed processes on Unix.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Post-mortem to debug crashed processes on Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold TRK to debug processes running on a Symbian device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you click the \gui {Start Debugging} button, the debugger is launched
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the appropriate operating mode (plain, terminal, or TRK), based on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    build and run settings for the active project. Select \gui Debug menu options
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to launch the debugger in the other modes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Plain Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the plain mode, click the \gui {Start Debugging}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    button for the active project, or choose
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start and Debug External Application...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and specify an executable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Terminal Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the terminal mode, select \gui {Projects > Run Settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select the \gui {Run in terminal} check box. Then click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Start Debugging} button for the active project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Attach Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the attach mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging >  Attach to Running External Application...},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and then select a process by its name or process ID to attach to.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Remote Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The remote mode uses a \e{gdbserver} daemon that runs on the remote machine.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the remote mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start and Attach to Remote Application...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Core Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The core mode is available only in Unix. It debugs crashed processes using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \e {core} files (crash dumps) that are generated if the setting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is enabled in the shell.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable the dumping of core files, enter the following command in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    shell from which the application will be launched:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    ulimit -c unlimited
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the core mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Debug > Start Debugging >  Attach to Core...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Post-Mortem Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The post-mortem mode is available only on Windows, if you have installed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the debugging tools for Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Creator installation program asks you whether you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    register Qt Creator as a post-mortem debugger. To change the setting, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 12:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools > Options...  > Debugger > Common > Use Creator for post-mortem debugging}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can launch the debugger in the post-mortem mode if an application crashes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on Windows. Click the \gui {Debug in Qt Creator} button in the error message
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that is displayed by the Windows operating system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 TRK Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The TRK mode is a special mode available only for Symbian. It
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugs processes running on a Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    device using the App TRK application that runs on the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the TRK mode, open the project, select Symbian as the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    target, and click the \gui {Start Debugging} button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on setting up Symbian projects, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debug-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugger-engines.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugger-operating-modes.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Typically, the interaction between Qt Creator and the native debugger is set
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    up automatically and you do not need to do anything. However, you might have an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    unsupported gdb version installed, your Linux environment might not have gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installed at all, or you might want to use the debugging tools for Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note To use the debugging tools for Windows, you must install them and add the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Symbol Server provided by Microsoft to the symbol search path of the debugger.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section explains the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    options you have for debugging C++ code and provides installation notes for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    supported native debuggers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Supported Native Debugger Versions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger plugin supports different builds of the gdb debugger, both
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with and without the ability to use Python scripting. The Python enabled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    versions are preferred, but they are not available on Mac and on older
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    versions of Linux.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    On Windows, Symbian, and Maemo, only the Python version is supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The non-Python versions use the compiled version of the debugging helpers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that you must enable separately. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 16:06:50 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Debugging Helpers Based on C++}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Python version uses a script version of the debugging helpers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that does not need any special setup.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The CDB native debugger has similar funtionality to the non-Python gdb debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    engine. Specifically, it also uses compiled C++ code for the debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    helper library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table summarizes the support for debugging C++ code:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Platform
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Compiler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Native Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Python
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:37:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Plain, Terminal, Attach, Remote, Core
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Unix
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:37:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Plain, Terminal, Attach, Remote, Core
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mac OS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:37:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Plain, Terminal, Attach, Core
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Windows/MinGW
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:37:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Plain, Terminal, Attach, Remote, Core
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Windows/MSVC
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugging Tools for Windows/CDB
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Not applicable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:37:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Plain, Terminal, Attach, Post-Mortem
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o TRK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:37:21 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on the the debugger modes, see \l{Debugger Modes of Operation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \omit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Gdb Adapter Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    [Advanced Topic]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The gdb native debugger used internally by the debugger plugin runs in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    different adapter modes to cope with the variety
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of supported platforms and environments. All gdb adapters inherit from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    AbstractGdbAdapter:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o PlainGdbAdapter debugs locally started GUI processes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       It is physically split into parts that are relevant only when Python is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       available, parts relevant only when Python is not available, and mixed code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o TermGdbAdapter debugs locally started processes that need a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       console.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o AttachGdbAdapter debugs local processes started outside Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o CoreGdbAdapter debugs core files generated from crashes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o RemoteGdbAdapter interacts with the gdbserver running on Linux.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o TrkGdbAdapter interacts with Symbian devices. The gdb protocol and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       the gdb serial protocol are used between gdb and the adapter. The TRK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       protocol is used between the adapter and AppTRK running on the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endomit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Installing Native Debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    There are various reasons why the debugger plugin may fail to automatically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pick up a suitable native debugger. The native debugger might be missing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (which is usually the case for the CDB debugger on Windows which always
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    needs to be installed manually by the user) or the installed version is not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Check the table below for the supported versions and other important
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information about installing native debuggers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Native Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Notes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 11:38:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o On Linux, install version 6.8, 7.0.1 (version 7.0 is not supported),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            7.1, or later. On Mac OS X, install Apple gdb version 6.3.50-20050815
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            (build 1344) or later.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 11:38:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugging tools for Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Using this engine requires you to install the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \e{Debugging tools for Windows}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/installx86.Mspx}{32-bit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/install64bit.Mspx}{64-bit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-06 15:50:48 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               package (Version 6.11.1.404 for the 32-bit or the 64-bit version of Qt Creator, respectively),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               which is freely available for download from the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/default.aspx}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               {Microsoft Developer Network}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-20 14:06:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \note Visual Studio does not include the Debugging tools needed,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               and therefore, you must install them separately.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-20 14:06:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               The pre-built \e{Qt SDK for Windows} makes use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               of the library if it is present on the system. When manually building Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Creator using the Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler, the build process checks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               for the required files in \c{"%ProgramFiles%\Debugging Tools for Windows"}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               It is highly recommended that you add the Symbol Server provided by Microsoft to the symbol
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               search path of the debugger. The Symbol Server provides you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               with debugging informaton for the operating system libraries for debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Windows applications. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o Debugging tools for Mac OS X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o The Qt binary distribution contains both debug and release
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              variants of the libraries. But you have to explicitly tell the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              runtime linker that you want to use the debug libraries even if
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              your application is compiled as debug as release is the default
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              If you use a qmake based project in Qt Creator,  you can set a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              flag in your run configuration, in \gui Projects mode. In the run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              configuration, select \gui{Use debug version of frameworks}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              For more detailed information about debugging on the Mac, see:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              \l http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note The Mac OS X Snow Leopard (10.6) has a bug, that can be worked
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              around as described in the link provided below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              \l http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com/browse/QTBUG-4962.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting the Symbol Server in Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To obtain debugging information for the operating system libraries for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugging Windows applications, add the Symbol Server provided
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by Microsoft to the symbol search path of the debugger:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} > \gui Debugger > \gui Cdb.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  In the \gui {Symbol paths} field, open the \gui{Insert...} menu
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            and select \gui{Symbol Server...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select a directory where you want to store the cached information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            and click \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-20 14:06:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Use a subfolder in a temporary directory, such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \c {C:\temp\symbolcache}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-20 14:06:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Populating the cache might take a long time on a slow network
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connection.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The first time you start debugging by using the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Debugging tools for Windows, Qt Creator prompts you to add the Symbol
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Server.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugging-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debug-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugger-engines.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Interacting with the Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In \gui Debug mode, you can use several views to interact with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    program you are debugging. Frequently used views are shown by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    default and rarely used ones are hidden. To change the default settings,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-13 12:09:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select \gui {Window > Views}, and then select views to display or hide.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debugger-views.png "Debug mode views"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-13 12:09:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, the views are locked into place in the workspace. Select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Window > Views > Locked} to unlock the views. Drag and drop the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    views into new positions on the screen. Drag view borders to resize the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    views. The size and position of views are saved for future sessions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Starting the Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To start a program under the debugger's control, select \gui{Debug} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Start Debugging} > \gui{Start Debugging}, or press \key{F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator checks whether the compiled program is up-to-date, rebuilding
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it if necessary. The debugger then takes over and starts the program.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Starting a program in the debugger can take a considerable amount of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    time, typically in the range of several seconds to minutes if complex
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    features (like QtWebKit) are used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger is launched in the appropriate operating mode (plain, terminal,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or TRK), based on the build and run settings for the active project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui Debug menu options to launch the debugger in other modes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Debugger Modes of Operation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once the program starts running, it behaves and performs as usual.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can interrupt a running program by selecting \gui{Debug} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Interrupt}. The program is automatically interrupted as soon as a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    breakpoint is hit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-24 09:52:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Starting the Debugger from the Command Line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the Qt Creator debugger interface from the command line. To
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    attach it to a running process, specify the process ID as a parameter for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \c {-debug} option. To examine a core file, specify the file name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator executes all the necessary steps, such as searching for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the binary that belongs to a core file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {C:\qtcreator-2.1\bin>qtcreator -debug 2000}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {C:\qtcreator-2.1\bin>qtcreator -debug core.2000}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Using Command Line Options}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once the program stops, Qt Creator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Retrieves data representing the call stack at the program's current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           position.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Retrieves the contents of local variables.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examines \gui Watchers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Updates the \gui Registers, \gui Modules, and \gui Disassembler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           views.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \gui Debug mode views to examine the data in more detail.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the following keyboard shortcuts:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To finish debugging, press \key{Shift+F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  To execute a line of code as a whole, press \key{F10}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  To step into a function or a sub-function, press \key{F11}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  To continue running the program, press \key{F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It is also possible to continue executing the program until the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function completes or jump to an arbitrary position in the current function.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 15:47:50 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Stepping into Frameworks in Mac OS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Mac OS X, external libraries are usually built into so-called Frameworks,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    which may contain both release and debug versions of the library. When you run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications on the Mac OS desktop, the release version of Frameworks is used
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by default. To step into Frameworks, select the \gui {Use debug versions of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Frameworks} option in the project run settings for \gui Desktop and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Qt Simulator} targets.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Breakpoints
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A breakpoint represents a position or sets of positions in the code that,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    when executed, interrupts the program being debugged and passes the control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to you. You can then examine the state of the interrupted program, or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    continue execution either line-by-line or continuously.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator shows breakpoints in the \gui{Breakpoints} view which is enabled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by default. The \gui{Breakpoints} view is also accessible when the debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and the program being debugged is not running.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debug-breakpoints.png "Breakpoints view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Typically, breakpoints are associated with a source code file and line, or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the start of a function -- both are allowed in Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The interruption of a program by a breakpoint can be restricted with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    certain conditions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To set a breakpoint:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o At a particular line you want the program to stop, click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 15:14:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          left margin or press \key F9 (\key F8 for Mac OS X).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o At a function that you want the program to interrupt, enter the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          function's name in \gui{Set Breakpoint at Function...} located in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          context menu of the \gui{Breakpoints} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note You can remove a breakpoint:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o By clicking the breakpoint marker in the text editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o By selecting the breakpoint in the breakpoint view and pressing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key{Delete}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o By selecting \gui{Delete Breakpoint} from the context
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           menu in the \gui Breakpoints view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can set and delete breakpoints before the program starts running or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    while it is running under the debugger's control. Breakpoints are saved
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    together with a session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Call Stack Trace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When the program being debugged is interrupted, Qt Creator displays the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    nested function calls leading to the current position as a call stack
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    trace. This stack trace is built up from call stack frames, each
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    representing a particular function. For each function, Qt Creator tries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to retrieve the file name and line number of the corresponding source
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file. This data is shown in the \gui Stack view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 18:39:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debug-stack.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Since the call stack leading to the current position may originate or go
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through code for which no debug information is available, not all stack
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    frames have corresponding source locations. Stack frames without
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    corresponding source locations are grayed out in the \gui{Stack} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you click a frame with a known source location, the text editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    jumps to the corresponding location and updates the \gui{Locals and Watchers}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    view, making it seem like the program was interrupted before entering the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Threads
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If a multi-threaded program is interrupted, the \gui Thread view or the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 15:14:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    combobox named \gui Thread in the debugger's status bar can be used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    switch from one thread to another. The \gui Stack view adjusts itself
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 15:14:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    accordingly.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Modules and Source Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Modules} view and \gui{Source Files} views display information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that the debugger plugin has about modules and source files included in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the project. The \gui{Modules} view lists the modules in the project and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    symbols within the modules. In addition, it indicates where the module
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    was loaded.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Source Files} view lists all the source files included in the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot step into an instruction, you can check whether the source file is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    actually part of the project, or whether it was compiled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    elsewhere. The view shows the path to each file in the file system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, the \gui{Modules} view and \gui{Source Files} view are hidden.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Disassembled Code and Register State
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Disassembler} view displays disassembled code for the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function. The \gui{Registers} view displays the current state of the CPU's
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    registers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Disassembler} view and the \gui{Registers} view are both useful
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for low-level commands for checking single instructions, such as \gui{Step Into}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \gui{Step Over}. By default, both \gui{Disassembler} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Registers} view are hidden.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Locals and Watchers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Whenever a program stops under the control of the debugger, it retrieves
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information about the topmost stack frame and displays it in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Locals and Watchers} view. The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    typically includes information about parameters of the function in that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    frame as well as the local variables.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-watcher.png "Locals and Watchers view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Compound variables of struct or class type are displayed as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    expandable in the view. Expand entries to show
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    all members. Together with the display of value and type, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    examine and traverse the low-level layout of object data.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Note:}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 17:28:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Gdb, and therefore Qt Creator's debugger works for optimized
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                builds on Linux and Mac OS X. Optimization can lead to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                re-ordering of instructions or removal of some local variables,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                causing the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view to show unexpected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                data.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 17:28:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  The debug information provided by gcc does not include enough
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                information about the time when a variable is initialized.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Therefore, Qt Creator can not tell whether the contents of a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                local variable contains "real data", or "initial noise". If a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                QObject appears uninitialized, its value is reported as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \gui {not in scope}. Not all uninitialized objects, however, can be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                recognized as such.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view also provides access to the most
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    powerful feature of the debugger: comprehensive display of data belonging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to Qt's basic objects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable Qt's basic objects data display feature:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Select \gui Tools > \gui {Options...} > \gui Debugger >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Debugging Helper} and check the \gui{Use Debugging Helper}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           checkbox.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view is reorganized to provide a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           high-level view of the objects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, in case of QObject, instead of displaying a pointer to some
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    private data structure, you see a list of children, signals and slots.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 17:27:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Similarly, instead of displaying many pointers and integers, Qt Creator's
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugger displays the contents of a QHash or QMap in an orderly manner.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Also, the debugger displays access data for QFileInfo and provides
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 17:27:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    access to the "real" contents of QVariant.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view to change the contents of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    variables of simple data types, for example, \c int or \c float when the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    program is interrupted. To do so, click the \gui Value column, modify
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the value with the inplace editor, and press \key Enter (or \key Return).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-19 12:55:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can enable tooltips in the main editor displaying this information.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Showing Tooltips in Debug Mode}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The set of watched items is saved in your session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 17:27:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugging.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugging-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debug-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Debugging the Example Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section uses the \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}{TextFinder} example to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    illustrate how to debug applications in the \gui Debug mode. TextFinder
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    reads a text file into
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QString and then displays it with QTextEdit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To look at the example QString, \c{line}, and see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    stored data, place a breakpoint and view the QString object
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    data, as follows:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click in between the line number and the window border on the line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        where we invoke \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qtextedit.html#plainText-prop}{setPlainText()}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to set a breakpoint.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint1.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press \key{F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To view the breakpoint, click the \gui{Breakpoints} tab.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint2.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select \gui{Delete Breakpoint}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To view the contents of \c{line}, go to the \gui{Locals and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Watchers} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-watcher.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Modify the \c{on_findButton_clicked()} function to move back to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the start of the document and continue searching once the cursor hits the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    end of the document. Add the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    void TextFinder::on_findButton_clicked()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QString searchString = ui->lineEdit->text();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QTextDocument *document = ui->textEdit->document();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = ui->textEdit->textCursor();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        cursor = document->find(searchString, cursor,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            QTextDocument::FindWholeWords);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        ui->textEdit->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        bool found = cursor.isNull();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        if (!found && previouslyFound) {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            int ret = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("End of Document"),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            tr("I have reached the end of the document. Would you like "
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            "me to start searching from the beginning of the document?"),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::Yes);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            if (ret == QMessageBox::Yes) {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                cursor = document->find(searchString,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    QTextDocument::FindWholeWords);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                ui->textEdit->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            } else
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                return;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        previouslyFound = found;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you compile and run the above code, however, the application does not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    work correctly due to a logic error. To locate this logic error, step
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through the code using the following buttons:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debugging-buttons.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								 */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-23 14:39:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugger-operating-modes.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugging-helpers.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-maemo-emulator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using Debugging Helpers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is able to show complex data types in a customized,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    user-extensible manner. For this purpose, it takes advantage of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    two technologies, collectively referred to as \e{Debugging Helpers}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Using the debugging helpers is not \e essential for debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with Qt Creator, but they enhance the user's ability to quickly
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    examine complex data significantly.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Debugging Helpers based on C++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-16 16:24:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This is the first and original approach to display complex data
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    types. While it has been superseded on most platforms by the more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    robust and more flexible second approch using Python scripting,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it is the only feasible one on Windows/MSVC, Mac OS, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    old Linux distributions. Moreover, this approach will automatically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    be chosen as fallback in case the Python based approach fails.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-16 16:24:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    During debugging with the C++ based debugging helpers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator dynamically loads a helper library in form of a DLL or a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    shared object into the debugged process.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt SDK package already contains a prebuilt debugging helper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library. To create your own debugging helper library, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 15:13:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{Qt Versions}. As the internal data
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    structures of Qt can change between versions, the debugging helper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library is built for each Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-16 16:24:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Debugging Helpers based on Python
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    On platforms featuring a Python-enabled version of the gdb debugger,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the data extraction is done by a Python script. This is more robust
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as the script execution is separated from the debugged process. It
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-24 10:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is also easier to extend as the script is less dependent on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    actual Qt version and does not need compilation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 11:58:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To extend the shipped Python based debugging helpers for custom types,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    define one Python function per user defined type in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    gdb startup file. By default, the following startup file is used:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c{~/.gdbinit}. To use another file, select \gui {Tools > Options... > Gdb}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and specify a filename in the \gui {Gdb startup script} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The function name has to be qdump__NS__Foo, where NS::Foo is the class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or class template to be examined. Nested namespaces are possible.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger plugin calls this function whenever you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    display an object of this type. The function is passed the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    parameters:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \c d of type \c Dumper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \c item of type \c Item
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The function has to feed the Dumper object with certain information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    which is used to build up the object and its children's display in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Locals and Watchers} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    def qdump__QVector(d, item):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        d_ptr = item.value["d"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        p_ptr = item.value["p"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        alloc = d_ptr["alloc"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        size = d_ptr["size"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        check(0 <= size and size <= alloc and alloc <= 1000 * 1000 * 1000)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        check(d_ptr["ref"]["_q_value"] > 0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        innerType = item.value.type.template_argument(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        d.putItemCount(size)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        d.putNumChild(size)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        if d.isExpanded(item):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            p = gdb.Value(p_ptr["array"]).cast(innerType.pointer())
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            with Children(d, [size, 2000], innerType)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                for i in d.childRange():
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    d.putItem(Item(p.dereference(), item.iname, i))
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    p += 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Item Class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Item Python class is a thin wrapper around values corresponding to one
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    line in the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view. The Item members are as follows :
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{__init__(self, value, parentiname, iname, name = None)} - A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       constructor. The object's internal name is created by concatenating
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \c parentiname and \c iname. If \c None is passed as \c name, a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       serial number is used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{value} - An object of type gdb.Value representing the value to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        be displayed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{iname} - The internal name of the object, constituting a dot-separated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    list of identifiers, corresponding to the position of the object's
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    representation in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{name} - An optional name. If given, is used in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{name} column of the view. If not, a simple number in brackets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is used instead.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Dumper Class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For each line in the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, a string like the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    following needs to be created and channeled to the debugger plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    "{iname='some internal name',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      addr='object address in memory',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      name='contents of the name column',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      value='contents of the value column',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      type='contents of the type column',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      numchild='number of children',        // zero/nonzero is sufficient
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      childtype='default type of children', // optional
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      childnumchild='default number of grandchildren', // optional
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      children=[              // only needed if item is expanded in view
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         {iname='internal name of first child',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          ... },
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         {iname='internal name of second child',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          ... },
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         ...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      ]}"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    While in theory, you can build up the entire string above manually, it is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    easier to employ the Dumper Python class for that purpose. The Dumper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Python class contains a complete framework to take care of the \c iname and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c addr fields, to handle children of simple types, references, pointers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    enums, known and unknown structs as well as some convenience methods to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    handle common situations.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Dumper members are the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{__init__(self)} - Initializes the output to an empty string and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        empties the child stack.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{put(self, value)} - Low level method to directly append to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        output string.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putCommaIfNeeded(self)} - Appends a comma if the current output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        ends in '}', '"' or ']' .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putField(self, name, value)} - Appends a comma if needed, and a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         name='value' field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{beginItem(self, name)} - Starts writing a field by writing \c {name='}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{endItem(self)} - Ends writing a field by writing \c {'}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{endChildren(self)} - Ends writing a list of children.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{childRange(self)} - Returns the range of children specified in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the current \c Children scope.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putItemCount(self, count)} - Appends a field  \c {value='<%d items'}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to the output.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putEllipsis(self)} - Appends fields
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {'{name="<incomplete>",value="",type="",numchild="0"}'}. This is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        automatically done by \c endChildren if the number of children to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        print is smaller than the number of actual children.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putName(self, name)} - Appends a \c {name='...'} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putType(self, type)} - Appends a field \c {type='...'} unless the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \a type coincides with the parent's default child type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putNumChild(self, numchild)} - Appends a field \c {numchild='...'}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        unless the \c numchild coincides with the parent's default child numchild
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        value.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putValue(self, value, encoding = None)} - Append a file \c {value='...'},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        optionally followed by a field \c {valueencoding='...'}. The \c value
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        needs to be convertible to a string entirely consisting of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        alphanumerical values. The \c encoding parameter can be used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        specify the encoding in case the real value had to be encoded in some
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        way to meet the alphanumerical-only requirement.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Currently the following encodings are supported:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 0: unencoded 8 bit data, interpreted as Latin1.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 1: base64 encoded 8 bit data, used for QByteArray,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 2: base64 encoded 16 bit data, used for QString,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 3: base64 encoded 32 bit data,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 4: base64 encoded 16 bit data, without quotes (see 2)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 5: base64 encoded 8 bit data, without quotes (see 1)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 6: %02x encoded 8 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 7: %04x encoded 16 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putStringValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QString and calls
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putByteArrayValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QByteArray and calls
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{isExpanded(self, item)} - Checks whether the item with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        internal name \c item.iname is expanded in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{isExpandedIName(self, iname)} - Checks whether the item with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        internal name \c iname is expanded in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{putIntItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putName(name)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putValue(value)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putType("int")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putNumChild(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{putBoolItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putName(name)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putValue(value)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putType("bool")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putNumChild(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{pushOutput(self)} - Moves the output string to a safe location
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        from with it is sent to the debugger plugin even if further operations
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        raise an exception.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putCallItem(self, name, item, func)} -
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Uses gdb to call the function \c func on the value specified by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \a {item.value} and output the resulting item. This function is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        not available when debugging core dumps and it is not available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        on the Symbian platform due to restrictions imposed by AppTRK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putItemHelper(self, item)} - The "master function", handling
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        basic types, references, pointers and enums directly, iterates
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        over base classes and class members of compound types and calls
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c qdump__* functions whenever appropriate.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putItem(self, item)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        with SubItem(self):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            self.putItemHelper(item)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Exceptions raised by nested function calls are caught and all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        output produced by \c putItemHelper is replaced by the output of:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            ...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        except RuntimeError:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            d.put('value="<invalid>",type="<unknown>",numchild="0",')
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Children and SubItem Class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:26:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The attempt to create child items might lead to errors if data is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    uninitialized or corrupted. To gracefully recover in such situations,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use \c Children and \c SubItem \e{Context Managers} to create the nested items.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \c Children constructor \gui{__init__(self, dumper, numChild = 1,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:26:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    childType = None, childNumChild = None)} uses one mandatory argument and three
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    optional arguments.  The mandatory argument refers to the current \c Dumper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    object.  The optional arguments can be used to specify the number \c numChild
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of children, with type \c childType_ and \c childNumChild_ grandchildren each.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If \c numChild_ is a list of two integers, the first one specifies the actual
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    number of children and the second the maximum number of children to print.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-23 16:12:48 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Similarly, using the \c SubItem class helps to protect individual items.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 12:06:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    d.putNumChild(2)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    if d.isExpanded(item):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        with Children(d):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            with SubItem(d):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                d.putName("key")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                d.putItemHelper(Item(key, item.iname, "key"))
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            with SubItem(d):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                d.putName("value")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                d.putItemHelper(Item(value, item.iname, "value"))
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-cmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-generic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up a CMake Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    CMake is an alternative to qmake for automating the generation of makefiles.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It controls the software compilation process by using simple configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files, called CMakeLists.txt files. CMake generates native makefiles and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    workspaces that you can use in the compiler environment of your choice.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Since Qt Creator 1.1, CMake configuration files are supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator 1.3 supports the Microsoft Toolchain if the CMake version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 16:17:13 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is at least 2.8.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting the Path for CMake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can set the path for the \c CMake executable in \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-04 11:18:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options... > Projects > CMake}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmakeexecutable.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Before you open a \c CMake project it is necessary to modify the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c{PATH} environment variable to include the bin folders of \c mingw and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator in the SDK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For instance, if you have the Qt Creator SDK installed in your C drive,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use the following command to set the environment variables in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the command line prompt:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    set PATH=C:\qtsdk\mingw\bin;C:\qtsdk\qt\bin;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Then start Qt Creator by typing:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    C:\qtsdk\bin\qtcreator.exe
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Opening CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open a \c CMake project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select \gui{File} > \gui{Open File or Project...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select the \c{CMakeLists.txt} file from your \c CMake project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A wizard guides you through the rest of the process.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If the \c CMake project does not have an in-place build, Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    lets you specify the directory in which the project is built
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   (\l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow build}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 16:09:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmake-import-wizard1.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The screenshot below shows how you can specify command line arguments to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c CMake for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 16:09:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmake-import-wizard2.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Normally, there is no need to pass any command line arguments for projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that are already built, as \c CMake caches that information.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator builds \c CMake projects by running \c make, \c mingw32-make, or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 16:17:13 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c nmake depending on your platform. The build errors and warnings are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    parsed and displayed in the \gui{Build Issues} output pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, Qt Creator builds the \bold{all} target. You can specify which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    targets to build in \gui{Project} mode, under \gui{Build Settings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 16:09:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmake-build-settings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator supports multiple build configurations. The build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directory can also be modified after the initial import.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Running CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically adds \gui{Run Configurations} for all targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    specified in the \c CMake project file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 17:28:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Known issues for the current version can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Known Issues}{here}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-16 14:39:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding External Libraries to CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    syntax highlighting as if they were part of the current project or the Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator detects the external libraries using the \c FIND_PACKAGE()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    macro. Some libraries come with the CMake installation. You can find those
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \bold{Modules} directory of your CMake installation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you provide your own libraries, you also need to provide your own
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c FindFoo.cmake file. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://vtk.org/Wiki/CMake_FAQ#Writing_FindXXX.cmake_files}{CMake FAQ}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Syntax completion and highlighting work once your project successfully
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    builds and links against the external library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-cmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-generic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 12:21:08 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-developing-maemo.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up a Generic Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator supports generic projects, so you can import existing projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that do not use qmake or CMake and Qt Creator ignores your build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Generic project support allows you to use Qt Creator as a code editor. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can change the way your project is built by modifying the \c make command
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui{Projects} mode under \gui{Build Settings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you import a project, Qt Creator creates the following files that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    allow you to specify which files belong to your project and which include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directories or defines you want to pass to your compile:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \tt{.files}, \tt{.includes}, and \tt{.config}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Importing a Generic Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To import an existing generic project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Other Project} > \gui{Import Existing Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{Import Existing Project}, enter the project name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select the location of the project file you want to import.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Qt Creator automatically generates the following files in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           project directory:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Specifying Files}{.files}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Specifying Include Paths}{.includes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Specifying Defines}{.config}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o .creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When the project is successfully imported, Qt Creator creates the project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    tree in the sidebar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    After importing a generic project into Qt Creator, open it by selecting the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \tt{.creator} file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Working with Generic Project Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For a generic project, you have to manually specify which files belong to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your project and which include directories or defines you want to pass to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your compiler.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The list of files for a generic project is specified in the \tt{.files}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file. When you first create a generic project, Qt Creator adds any
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files it recognizes to your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add or remove files, edit the \tt{.files} file in Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator recreates your project tree when you save the \tt{.files} file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Alternatively, you can add and remove files using the context menu in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project tree.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you frequently need to update the \tt{.files} file, you can do so
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    efficiently by using a script that updates the file for you. If the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is modified externally, you have to restart Qt Creator for the changes to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    take effect.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-21 11:56:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To update the \tt{.files} on the \gui Git repository use the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    script:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 15:04:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    git ls-files *.cpp *.h > MyProject.files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Include Paths
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The include paths are specified in the \tt{.includes} file, one include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-01 14:48:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    path per line. The paths can be either absolute or relative to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \tt{.includes} file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Defines
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The defines are specified in the \tt{.config} file. The \tt{.config} file is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a regular C++ file, prepended to all your source files when they are parsed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Only use the \tt{.config} file to add lines as in the example below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    #define NAME value
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-01 14:48:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating a Run Configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator cannot automatically determine which executable to run.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{Projects} mode under \gui{Run Settings}, define the executable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file to run:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Add and select \gui{Custom Executable}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Define the configuration name, the location of the executable, any
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           additional arguments and the working directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage adding-plugins.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-visual-editor.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage quick-projects.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Qt Quick Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can either create Qt Quick projects from scratch or import them to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator. For example, you can import and run the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qdeclarativeexamples.html} {QML examples and demos}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to learn how to use various aspects of QML.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the code editor (\l{Using the Editor}{Edit mode}) or the visual editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (\l{Using Qt Quick Designer}{Design mode}) to develop Qt Quick applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following sections describe typical tasks you can do with Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l {Creating Components}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l {Creating Screens}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l {Animating Screens}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l {Implementing Application Logic}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 12:08:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The \QMLD visual editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable or disable the \QMLD visual editor, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Help > About Plugins... > Qt Quick > QmlDesigner}. You must restart Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to enable or disable the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-visual-editor.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page quick-projects.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage quick-components.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating Qt Quick Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Qt QML Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator creates the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o .qmlproject project file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files in the project folder belong to the project. Therefore, you do not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    need to individually list all the files in the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o .qml file defines an element, such as a component, screen, or the whole
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application UI.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \c import statement in the beginning of the .qml file specifies the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qdeclarativemodules.html} {Qt modules}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to import. Each Qt module contains a set of default elements.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Specify a version to get the features you want.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use JavaScript and image files in the application, copy them to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To import a QML project to Qt Creator, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 10:50:20 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Import Existing Qt QML Directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage quick-projects.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page quick-components.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage quick-screens.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating Components
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A QML component provides a way of defining a new type that you can re-use in other QML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files. A component is like a black box; it interacts with the outside world
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through properties, signals, and slots, and is generally defined in its own QML file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can import components to screens and applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create the following QML components:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-borderimage.html}{Border Image}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 12:08:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        uses an image as a border or background.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-image.html}{Image}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a bitmap to the scene. You can stretch and tile images.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-item.html}{Item}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        is the most basic of all visual items in QML. Even though it has no visual appearance,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        it defines all the properties that are common across visual items, such as the x and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        y position, width and height, anchoring, and key handling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-rectangle.html}{Rectangle}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a rectangle that is painted with a solid fill color and an optional border.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        You can also use the radius property to create rounded rectangles.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-text.html}{Text}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds formatted read-only text.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-textedit.html}{Text Edit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a single line of editable formatted text that can be validated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-textinput.html}{Text Input}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a single line of editable plain text that can be validated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage quick-components.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page quick-screens.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage quick-animations.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating Screens
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use predefined QML elements and your own components to create screens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create the following types of views to organize items provided by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qdeclarativemodels.html}{data models}:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-gridview.html}{Grid View}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-listview.html}{List View}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-pathview.html}{Path View}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the code editor, write the code to use the data models.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use states and transitions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to navigate between screens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QML states typically describe user interface configurations, such as the UI elements,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    their properties and behavior and the available actions. For example, you can use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-02 17:12:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    states to create two screens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 12:08:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage quick-screens.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page quick-animations.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage quick-user-interaction.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Animating Screens
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 12:08:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To make movement between states smooth, you can specify transitions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use different types of animated transitions. For example, you can animate changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to property values and colors. You can use rotation animation to control the direction of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 12:08:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    rotation. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qdeclarativeanimation.html}{QML Animation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \c ParallelAnimation element to start several animations at the same time.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Or use the \c SequentialAnimation element to run them one after another.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the code editor to specify transitions. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-transition.html}{QML Transition Element}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage quick-animations.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page quick-user-interaction.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage quick-application-logic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Adding User Interaction Methods
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can add the following basic interaction methods to scenes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-flickable.html}{Flickable}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        items can be flicked horizontally or vertically.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-flipable.html}{Flipable}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        items can be flipped between their front and back sides by using rotation,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        state, and transition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-focusscope.html}{Focus Scope}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        assists in keyboard focus handling when building reusable QML components.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-mousearea.html}{Mouse Area}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        enables simple mouse handling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage quick-user-interaction.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page quick-application-logic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-building-running.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Implementing Application Logic
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A user interface is only a part of an application, and not really useful by itself.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic. For more information on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    using JavaScript, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qdeclarativejavascript.html} {Integrating JavaScript}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For an example of how to use JavaScript to develop a game, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-advtutorial.html} {QML Advanced Tutorial}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								 */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-01 17:13:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-refactoring.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page qt-quick-toolbars.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-locator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using Qt Quick Toolbars
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you edit QML code in the code editor, you specify the properties
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of QML components. For some properties, such as colors and font names,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    this is not a trivial task. For example, few people can visualize the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    color #18793f.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To easily edit these properties, you can use the Qt Quick Toolbars.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you select a component in the code and a toolbar is available,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     a light bulb icon appears:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qml-toolbar-indicator.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    . Select the icon to open the toolbar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open toolbars immediately when you select a component, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools > Options... > Qt Quick > Qt Quick Toolbar > Always show Quick
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Toolbar}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Drag the toolbar to pin it to another location. Select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qml-toolbar-pin.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to unpin the toolbar and move it to its default location. To pin toolbars
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by default, select \gui{Tools > Options... > Qt Quick > Qt Quick Toolbar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    > Pin Quick Toolbar}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Previewing Images
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Quick Toolbar for images allows you to edit the properties of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/latest/qml-borderimage.html}{Border Image}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/latest/qml-image.html}{Image} components.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can scale and tile the images, replace them with other images,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    preview them, and change the image margins.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qml-toolbar-image.png "Qt Quick Toolbar for images"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To preview an image, double-click it on the toolbar. In the preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    dialog, you can zoom the image. Drag the image margins to change them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qml-toolbar-image-preview.png "Image preview dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Formatting Text
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Quick Toolbar for text allows you to edit the properties of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/latest/qml-text.html}{Text} components.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can change the font family and size as well as text formatting, style,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    alignment, and color.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If a property is assigned an expression instead of a value, you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    cannot use the toolbar to edit it. The button for editing the property
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is disabled.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qml-toolbar-text.png "Qt Quick Toolbar for text"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, font size is specified as pixels. To use points, instead,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    change \gui px to \gui pt in the size field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Previewing Animation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Quick Toolbar for animation allows you to edit the properties of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-propertyanimation.html}{PropertyAnimation}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-01 17:13:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    components and the components that inherit it. You can change the easing curve
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    type and duration. For some curves, you can also specify amplitude, period,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and overshoot values.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qml-toolbar-animation.png "Qt Quick Toolbar for animation"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select the play button to preview your changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Editing Rectangles
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Quick Toolbar for rectangles allows you to edit the properties of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/qml-rectangle.html}{Rectangle}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-01 17:13:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    components. You can change the fill and border colors and add
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    gradients.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qml-toolbar-rectangle.png "Qt Quick Toolbar for rectangles"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add gradient stop points, click above the gradient bar. To remove
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    stop points, drag them upwards.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:34:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugging-helpers.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-maemo-emulator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-version-control.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using the Maemo Emulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Maemo emulator emulates the Nokia N900 device environment. You can test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications in conditions practically identical to running the application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-01 09:22:44 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on a Nokia N900 device with software update release 1.2 (V10.2010.19-1).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can test user interaction by using the keypad and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    touch emulation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To test the application UI, user interaction with the application, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    functionality that uses the mobility APIs, use the Qt Simulator,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    instead. For more information, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qt-simulator-beta/index.html}{Qt Simulator Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Maemo emulator is installed and configured as part of the Nokia Qt SDK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    package. You can also install and configure the MADDE environment and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Maemo emulator separately. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Starting the Maemo Emulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui {Start Maemo Emulator} button is visible if you have a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 17:11:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    open in Qt Creator for which you have added the Maemo build target
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and if you have configured a connection between Qt Creator and the Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Emulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 17:25:49 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To start the Maemo emulator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-maemo-emulator-button.png "Start Maemo Emulator button"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Select \gui {Mad Developer} on the Maemo emulator, to start the Mad Developer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o If you have not deployed an SSH key to protect the connection between
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator and the Maemo emulator, select \gui {Developer Password} to generate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a password.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In Qt Creator, enter the password in the connection settings:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Tools > Options... > Projects > Maemo Device Configurations}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Test your application on the Maemo emulator as on a device. For a list of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    keyboard shortcuts that you can use to emulate Nokia N900 keys and functions, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {Emulating Nokia N900 Keys}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Emulating Nokia N900 Keys
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table summarizes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to emulate Nokia N900 keys and functions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Nokia N900 Key
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard Shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Alphabet keys
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Comma (,)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Period (.)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Space
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Arrow keys
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Enter
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o Backspace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Respective keys on the development PC keyboard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Left Shift key
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Left Ctrl key
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Left Alt key
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Power
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Esc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keypad slider open and close
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keypad lock
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Camera lens open and close
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Camera focus
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Camera take picture
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \note The actual camera functionality is not emulated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Stereo headphones connect and disconnect
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F6
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Volume down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F7
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Volume up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F8
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Accelerometer x axis, negative
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Accelerometer x axis, positive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Accelerometer z axis, negative
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Accelerometer z axis, positive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Accelerometer y axis, negative
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 7
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Accelerometer y axis, positive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 8
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-usability.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page adding-plugins.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-visual-editor.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Adding Qt Designer Plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     You can use Qt APIs to create plugins that extend Qt applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     This allows you to add your own widgets to \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The most flexible way to include a plugin with an application is to compile it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     into a dynamic library that is shipped separately, and detected and loaded at runtime.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The applications can detect plugins that are stored in the standard plugin
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     subdirectories. For more information on how to create and locate plugins and to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     change the default plugin path, see \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     For more information about how to create plugins for \QD, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/designer-using-custom-widgets.html}{Creating and Using Components for Qt Designer}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Locating Qt Designer Plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \QD fetches plugins from the standard locations and loads the plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     that match its build key. \QD is delivered both as a standalone application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     and as part of the SDK, where it is integrated into Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The correct folder to place the plugins depends on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     which one you use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The integrated \QD fetches plugins from the \c {%SDK%\bin\designer} folder on Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     and Linux. For information about how to configure plugins on Mac OS, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \l{Configuring Qt Designer Plugins on Mac OS}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     To check which plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     were loaded successfully and which failed, choose \gui{Tools > Form Editor >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     About Qt Designer Plugins}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The standalone \QD is part of the Qt library used for building projects,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     located under \c {%SDK%\qt}. Therefore, it fetches plugins from the following folder:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \c {%SDK%\qt\plugins\designer}. To check which plugins were loaded successfully and which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     failed, choose \gui{Help > About Plugins}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \section2 Configuring Qt Designer Plugins on Mac OS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     On the Mac, a GUI application must be built and run from a bundle. A bundle is a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     directory structure that appears as a single entity when viewed in the Finder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     A bundle for an application typcially contains the executable and all the resources
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     it needs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 09:59:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Qt Creator uses its own set of Qt Libraries located in the bundle, and therefore,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     you need to configure the \QD plugins that you want to use with Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Fore more information about how to deploy applications on Mac OS, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-22 15:50:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7/deployment-mac.html}{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The following example illustrates how to configure version 5.2.1 of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \l{http://qwt.sourceforge.net/}{Qwt - Qt Widgets for Technical Applications} library
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     for use with Qt Creator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o To check the paths used in the Qwt library, enter the following \c otool command:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/doc_src_plugins.qdoc 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The output for Qwt 5.2.1 indicates that the plugin uses Qt core libraries (QtDesigner,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QtScript, QtXml, QtGui and QtCore) and libqwt.5.dylib:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/doc_src_plugins.qdoc 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \o You must copy the \QD plugin and the Qwt library files to the following locations:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                 \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                 \o \c {libqwt_designer_plugin.dylib} to \c {QtCreator.app/Contents/MacOS/designer}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                 \o \c {libqwt.*.dylib} to \c {QtCreator.app/Contents/Frameworks}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                 \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Enter the following commands:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 09:59:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/doc_src_plugins.qdoc 4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Enter the following \c otool command to check the libraries that are used by the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qwt library:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 09:59:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/doc_src_plugins.qdoc 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The command returns the following output:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 09:59:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/doc_src_plugins.qdoc 3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 10:01:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Enter the following \c install_name_tool command to fix the references of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    libraries:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 09:59:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/doc_src_plugins.qdoc 5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 14:39:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \section1 Matching Build Keys
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The Qt Creator that is included in pre-built SDK packages on Windows is built with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Microsoft Visual Studio compiler, whereas the version of Qt shipped for building applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     is configured and built to use the MinGW/g++ compiler. Plugins built by using this version of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Qt cannot be loaded by Qt Creator because the build-keys do not match. The plugins can only be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     used in the standalone version of \QD. Choose \gui{Help > About Qt Creator} to check
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     the Qt version Qt Creator was built with.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     To use \QD plugins that were built for the shipped Qt version, make sure that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Qt Creator is built with the same compiler by either recompiling Qt Creator using MinGW or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     recompiling Qt with Microsoft Visual Studio, depending on which configuration you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     use for your applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-design-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-usability.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage adding-plugins.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Before starting application development, analyze and define the requirements, scope, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    functionality of the application to ensure efficient functionality and a smooth user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    experience. Design the application for a single purpose and analyze how it can best serve
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    its users. Mobile devices have been designed for use when mobile. Keep the characteristics
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of mobile devices in mind when you create applications for them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following guidelines help you design and develop usable applications for mobile devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with varying characteristics, such as screen size and support for input methods:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Know your users
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Find out who will use the application, what they will use it for,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and which mobile devices they have. Then design the application to fit a specific context
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        of use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Design for small screens
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The screen size of mobile devices is significantly smaller
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        than that available on desktop devices. Carefully consider what is the most relevant
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        content to present on the application UI, as it might not be reasonable to try and fit as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        much content into the screen as you might have in a desktop application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design for multiple screen sizes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Relate the position and size of each control to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       dimensions of the display. This enables the same set of information to be presented on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       screen in all resolutions; higher resolution devices just display finer graphics.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design for changing screen orientation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Some devices support screen rotation. On these
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       devices, applications can be displayed in portrait or landscape orientation. Account for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       orientation and dynamically adjust the display when the screen is rotated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design intuitive ways of moving within applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Mobile devices lack a mouse and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       full-size keyboard, so users must use the touch screen or five way navigation pad to move within
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       applications. In addition, many users control the devices with one hand. To create an optimized user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       experience, allow users to access information with one click; do not make them scroll and type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design for limited input methods
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Applications collect information from users on the task
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       at hand. In addition to touch screen input, some devices contain physical keys such
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       as a five way navigation pad, a keypad, and a keyboard. Users enter information by using screen
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       controls, such as lists, check boxes, radio buttons, and text fields.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Keep response times short
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Latency can cause delays in user interaction. If users perceive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       an application as being slow, they are likely to get frustrated and stop using it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Save battery time
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Mobile devices are not constantly connected to a power source but run on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       battery power. Optimize power consumption to keep the total consumption at an acceptable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       level and to prevent users from running out of battery time.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-31 17:26:46 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       For more information and code examples on how to minimize power consumption, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Creating_Energy_Efficient_Apps_Using_Qt}{Creating Energy Efficient Apps Using Qt}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Consider network issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       If users do not have a flat-rate data plan or WLAN support, mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       network connections cost them money. Also, when users move around with the devices, the networks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       available for connections constantly change.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Remember the processing limits of the device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       The memory available on devices is limited
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       and you should use it carefully. Although all mobile devices have common functionality,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       each device is individual in terms of both the resources available and extra features.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Therefore, you must consider the constraints of all the target devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       For more information about user experience techniques for mobile devices, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \l{http://library.forum.nokia.com/topic/Design_and_User_Experience_Library/GUID-A8DF3EB8-E97C-4DA0-95F6-F464ECC995BC_cover.html}{Design and User Experience Library}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       on Forum Nokia.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								 */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-28 17:19:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-help.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-tips.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Tips and Tricks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 18:00:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Switching Between Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses different modes for different purposes. You can quickly
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    switch between these modes with the following keyboard shortcuts:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Welcome mode \key Ctrl+1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Edit mode \key Ctrl+2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 18:10:17 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Design mode \key Ctrl+3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Debug mode \key Ctrl+4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Projects mode \key Ctrl+5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Help mode \key Ctrl+6
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 18:00:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about Qt Creator modes, see \l {Qt Creator Modes}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving Between Open Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To quickly move between currently open files, press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Ctrl+Tab.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 18:00:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move forward in the location history, press \key {Alt+Right}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (\key {Cmd+Opt+Right} on Mac OS). To move backward, press \key {Alt+Left}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-02 15:13:33 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (\key {Cmd+Opt+Left} on Mac OS). For example, if you use the \gui Locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to jump to a symbol in the same file, you can jump back to your original
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    location in that file by pressing \key {Alt+Left}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving To the Edit Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 15:58:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move to the \gui Edit mode and currently active file, press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Esc.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 15:58:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you already are in the \gui Edit mode:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The first press moves focus to the editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The second press closes secondary windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Filter in Options Dialog
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:30:47 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To find specific settings you require in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 12:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use the filter located at the top left of the \gui Options dialog box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Opening Output Panes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The output panes provide a list of errors and warnings encountered during
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a build, detailed output from the compiler, status of a program when it is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    executed and debug output, as well as search results.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open output panes, use the following shortcuts:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Build Issues} pane Alt+1 (Cmd+1 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Search Results} pane Alt+2 (Cmd+2 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Application Output} pane Alt+3 (Cmd+3 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Compile Output} pane Alt+4 (Cmd+4 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about output panes, see \l{Viewing Output}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}{many useful keyboard shortcuts}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can see the keyboard shortcut for a menu command in the menu
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or the tooltip for a button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To customize, import or export keyboard shortcuts, select \gui Tools >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Options... > \gui Environment > \gui Keyboard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Running Qt Creator From Command Line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can launch Qt Creator from command line using the name of an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    existing session or \c .pro file by giving the name as the command
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    argument.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, running \tt{qtcreator somesession}, launches Qt Creator and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    loads session somesession.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Make sure Qt Creator is included in the PATH environment variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This can be done by typing the following in the command line:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    set PATH=c:\qtsdk\mingw\bin;c:\qtsdk\qt\bin;%PATH%
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Showing and Hiding the Sidebar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To toggle the sidebar in the \gui Edit and \gui Debug modes, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or press \key Alt+0 (\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on using the sidebar, see \l {Browsing Project Contents}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving To Symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move straight to a symbol used in a project, select the symbol in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Editor toolbar drop-down menu. For more information on the editor toolbar,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l {Using the Editor Toolbar}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To jump to a symbol in the current file, press \key {Ctrl+K} to open the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Locator, enter a period (.), and start typing the symbol name. Then
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select the symbol in the list. For more information on using the locator,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l{Searching With the Locator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Press \key Ctrl (\key Cmd on Mac OS) and click a symbol to move directly to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the definition or the declaration of the symbol. You can also move the cursor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on the symbol and press \key {F2}. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Moving to Symbol Definition or Declaration}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Displaying Signals and Slots
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If an instance of a class is derived from QObject, and you would like to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    find all other objects connected to one of your object's slots using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt's signals and slots mechanism, select \gui Tools > \gui Options...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:30:47 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    > \gui{Debugger} > \gui{Debugging Helper} > \gui{Use Debugging Helper}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 15:24:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, expand the object's entry and open
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the slot in the \e slots subitem. The objects connected to this slot are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    shown as children of the slot. This method works with signals too.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Locals and Watchers}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Displaying Low Level Data
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-30 14:25:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If special debugging of Qt objects fails due to data corruption within the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugged objects, you can switch off the debugging helpers. When debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    helpers are switched off low-level structures become visible.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To switch off the debugging helpers:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Debugger >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Debugging Helper}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 15:45:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Uncheck the \gui{Use Debugging Helper} checkbox.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-19 12:55:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Showing Tooltips in Debug Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To inspect the value of variables from the editor, you can turn
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on tooltips. Tooltips are hidden by default for performance reasons.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Debugger > \gui General.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the \gui {Use tooltips in main editor while debugging} check box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 14:54:10 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Locating Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Locator provides one of the easiest ways in Qt Creator to browse
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through projects, files, classes, methods, documentation and file systems.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To quickly access files not directly mentioned in your project, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    create your own locator filters. That way you can locate files in a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directory structure you have defined.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create locator filters, select \gui {Tools > Options... > Locator > Add}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Creating Locator Filters}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-17 17:10:52 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding a License Header Template for C++ Code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A file containing a license header for C++ can be specified under
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools > Options... > C++ > License Template}. It may contain special
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    placeholders enclosed in \c{%%} that are replaced when generating a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    new file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c %YEAR%: Year
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c %DATE%: Date
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c %USER%: User name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c %FILENAME%: File name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c %CLASS%: Class name (if applicable)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c %$VARIABLE%: Contents of environment variable \c{VARIABLE}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 15:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-tips.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-known-issues.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides various keyboard shortcuts to speed up your development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    process.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Configuring Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To customize a keyboard shortcut:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-07 12:44:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Environment >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Keyboard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select an action from the list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{Key Sequence} enter the shortcut key you want to associate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           with the selected action.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to use different keyboard shortcut mapping schemes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To import a keyboard shortcut mapping scheme, click \gui Import
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select the kms file containing keyboard shortcut mapping scheme
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           you want to import.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To export the current keyboard shortcut mapping scheme, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Export and select the location where you want to save the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           exported kms file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Default Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following tables list the default keyboard shortcuts. They are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    categorized by actions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 General Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Open file or project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o New file or project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+N
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Open in external editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+V, Alt+I
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Cut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Copy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Paste
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+V
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Redo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Y
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Save
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Save all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Close window
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+W
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 17:09:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Close all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+W
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go back
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Left
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go forward
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Right
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Next open document in history
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+Tab
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Goto other split
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Previous open document in history
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Tab
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui Locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+K
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Welcome mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Edit mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Design mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Debug mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Projects mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+6
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 21:50:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Build Issues} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+1 (Cmd+1 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 21:50:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Search Results} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+2 (Cmd+2 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 22:05:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Application Output} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+3 (Cmd+3 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 21:50:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Compile Output} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+4 (Cmd+4 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui Bookmarks pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+M
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui{File System} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Y
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui{Open Documents} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui Projects pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Full screen
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+F11
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle the sidebar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+0 (Cmd+0 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Undo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Z
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Move to \gui Edit mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               In \gui Edit mode:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o The first press moves focus to the editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o The second press closes secondary windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Esc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Editing Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Auto-indent selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+I
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Collapse
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+<
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Expand
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Trigger a completion in this scope
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Space
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Copy line down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Alt+Down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Copy line up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Alt+Up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Cut line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+Del
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Join lines
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+J
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Decrease font size
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+- (Ctrl+Roll mouse wheel down)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Increase font size
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl++ (Ctrl+Roll mouse wheel up)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 15:20:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle Vim-style editing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+V, Alt+V
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Split
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Split side by side
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Remove all splits
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Remove current split
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block end
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block start
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+[
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block end with selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block start with selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+{
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Move current line down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+Down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Move current line up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+Up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Trigger a quick fix in this scope
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Return
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Rewrap paragraph
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select the current block
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               The second press extends the selection to the parent block
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+U
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Enable text wrapping
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, Ctrl+W
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle comment for selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Visualize whitespace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, Ctrl+V
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Delete
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Del
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Adjust size
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+J
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Lay out in a grid
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+G
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Lay out horizontally
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+H
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Lay out vertically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-25 11:54:01 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Shift+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Edit signals and slots
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Edit widgets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle bookmark
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+M
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to next bookmark
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to previous bookmark
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Fetch snippet
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+F
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Paste snippet
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+P
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Find usages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+U
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Follow symbol under cursor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Works with namespaces, classes, methods, variables, include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               statements and macros
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Rename symbol under cursor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch between method declaration and definition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+F2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 15:14:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Open type hierarchy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+T
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch between header and source file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Debugging Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Start debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Stop or interrupt debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Reset debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Step over
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F10
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Step into
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F11
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Step out
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+F11
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle breakpoint
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F9
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Project Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Build project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+B
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Build all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+B
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o New project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+N
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Help Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o View context-sensitive help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate contents in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+T
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Add bookmark in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+M
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate index in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+I
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Reset font size in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate search in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Version Control Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-04 12:42:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {1,2} Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {5,1} Version control system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o CVS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Git
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Perforce
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Subversion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mercurial
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Add
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+S, Alt+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Diff
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+S, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Diff project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+Shift+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Blame
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+B
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Log
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+F
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Log project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+K
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Status
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Undo changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+U
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Diff project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+Shift+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Edit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+E
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Opened
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Revert
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Submit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 15:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-known-issues.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-glossary.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-acknowledgements.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Glossary
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Term
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Meaning
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-12 18:42:08 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Qt in PATH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-system-qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-12 18:42:08 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  This is the Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                version for the \c qmake command found in your \c PATH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                environment variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                This is likely to be the system's Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Project Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-project-qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-22 16:14:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  The version of Qt configured in the \gui{Projects} mode, \gui {Build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Settings}, \gui {Qt Version} field. This is the Qt version that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                is actually used by a particular project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Shadow build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-shadow-build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Shadow building means building a project in a separate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                directory, the \e{build directory}. The build directory is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                different from the source directory. One of the benefits of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                shadow building is that it keeps your source directory clean.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Shadow building is the best practice if you need many build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                configurations for a single set of source.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-known-issues.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-glossary.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Known Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section lists known issues in Qt Creator version 2.1.0.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The development team is aware of them, and therefore, you do not need to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    report them as bugs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For a list of fixed issues and added features, see the changelog file in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-23 16:12:48 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \c{qtcreator\dist} folder or the \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com}{Qt Bug Tracker}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 11:07:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 General Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 17:44:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 15:59:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt Creator uses SQLite for storing some of its settings. SQLite is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           known to have problems with certain NFS servers (most notably the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           nfs-user-server 2.2beta), since they can lock up the application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           when it tries to lock the database. If your home directory is on an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           NFS share and you encounter this issue, one option would be to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           switch to the nfs-kernel-server, or create a symlink so that the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           settings are stored locally.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 11:07:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Editing Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Code completion does not support typedefs for nested classes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 11:07:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Projects Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Paths or file names containing spaces or special characters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           (such as colons, dollar signs, and hash marks) may cause problems. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           is because some of the tools Qt Creator uses in the background have
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           restrictions on the characters allowed in file and directory names.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 14:15:13 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To be on the safe side, we recommend creating projects and project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           items with names consisting of plain characters, numbers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           underscores, and hyphens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o There is no IDE support for adding or removing sub-projects. Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           hierarchies (SUBDIRS template) have to be created manually.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Creating new CMake projects with Qt Creator is not supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-17 17:17:13 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Building and packaging sub-projects is not supported for Maemo devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o You must create projects for Maemo targets on the same partition where
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        you installed Nokia Qt SDK, Qt Creator, and MADDE.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-03 11:55:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If error messages displayed in the \gui {Compile Output} pane contain
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        paths where slashes are missing (for example, C:NokiaQtSDK),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        check your PATH variable. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \l{Troubleshooting MinGW Compilation Errors}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 11:07:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Debugging Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-15 11:07:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Debugging large applications on Symbian devices using the Symbian S^3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           operating system might not work, because the TRK debug agent might not be able to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           access memory when the operating system starts paging. This causes breakpoint
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           handling and symbol resolution to fail. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com/browse/QTCREATORBUG-2158}{QTCREATORBUG-2158}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           As a workaround, add the following section to the application .pro file to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           disable paging:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           debug {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               MMP_RULES -= PAGED
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               MMP_RULES *= UNPAGED
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note You must completely clean and rebuild the project for the setting to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           take effect.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o When debugging executables created by the GNU Compiler version 4.5.0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           (all platforms), some data types will not be displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Locals and Watchers} view due to missing debug information.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Gdb on Windows may not work if the 'Embassy \reg Security Center' software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           by 'Wave \reg Systems' is installed and active (causing crashes in \c{vxvault.dll)}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Gdb may take long to load debugging symbols, especially from large
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           libraries like \c libQtWebKit. Starting the debugging module can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           take up to several minutes without visible progress.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-10 17:33:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Setting breakpoints in code that is compiled into the binary more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           than once does not work.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Setting breakpoints in files that do not have unique absolute
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           paths may fail. For example, remounting parts of a file system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           using the --bind mount option.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-glossary.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-acknowledgements.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Acknowledgements
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Third-party Components
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator contains the following third-party components:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  \bold{Open Source front-end for C++ (license MIT)}, enhanced for use in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 12:00:39 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt Creator.\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Roberto Raggi <roberto.raggi@gmail.com>\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QtCreator/src/shared/cplusplus\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  \bold{Botan, a C++ crypto library. Version 1.8.8}\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Copyright (C) 1999-2004 The Botan Project. All rights reserved.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Jack Lloyd
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2001 Peter J Jones
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2004-2007 Justin Karneges
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2005 Matthew Gregan
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2005-2006 Matt Johnston
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2006 Luca Piccarreta
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Yves Jerschow
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 FlexSecure GmbH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 Technische Universitat Darmstadt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 Falko Strenzke
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 Martin Doering
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Manuel Hartl
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Christoph Ludwig
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Patrick Sona
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        All rights reserved.\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        met:\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer.\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) OR CONTRIBUTOR(S) BE
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-20 12:14:28 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The source code of Botan C++ crypto library can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        here:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  \bold{NetSieben SSH Library is a Secure Shell client library for C++.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         Version 1.3.2}\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Commercial License:} For organizations who do not want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            release the source code for their applications as open source/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            free software; in other words they do not want to comply with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            GNU General Public License (GPL) or Q Public License.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Non Commercial / Open Source License:} NetSieben believes in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            contributing back to the open source community, thus it has released
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            the SSH Library under Q Public License as it is defined by Trolltech
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            AS of Norway. The Open Source License allows the user to use software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            under an open source / free software license, and distribute it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            freely. The software can be used at no charge with the condition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            that if the user uses the SSH Library in an application they wish to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            redistribute, then the complete source code for your application must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            be available and freely redistributable under reasonable conditions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-29 22:49:55 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            For more information on the used QPL License see:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty/net7ssh/LICENSE.QPL
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-20 12:14:28 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The source code of NetSieben Secure Shell C++ Library can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        here:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-version-control.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-task-lists.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 12:21:08 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-cli.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-10 15:40:19 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating Task List Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can load tasks from task lists to the \gui{Build Issues} pane. You can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    either create the task lists manually or create scripts to generate them from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    output of static code analysis tools, for example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For an example of a script that checks new lines of code and matches them
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    against regular expressions to generate a task list, see \c{scripts\mytasks.pl}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the Qt Creator repository.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Task List File Format
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The filename extension must be .tasks for Qt Creator to recognize a file as a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    task list file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Each line in a task list file is treated as a tab-separated list of strings with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c{\t}, \c{\n}, and \c{\\} used as escape characters. The strings are used to create
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    one task per line. The lines can have one of the following formats:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c description
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c{type\tdescription}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c{file\ttype\tdescription}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \c{file\tline\ttype\tdescription}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The task type can have one of the following values:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o A string starting with \c err, which displays the error icon in the beginning of the line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o A string starting with \c warn, which displays the warning icon
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Any other value, which sets the task type to Unknown and does not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    display an icon
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The values are not case sensitive.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Lines starting with the hash mark character (#) in the first column are ignored.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 12:21:08 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-task-lists.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-cli.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-help.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using Command Line Options
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can start Qt Creator and specify some options from the command line.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To specify command line options, enter the following command in the Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation or build directory:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c {qtcreator [option] [filename]}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c {C:\qtcreator-2.1\bin>qtcreator -help}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table summarizes the available options:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Option
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Description
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Display help on command line options.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Display Qt Creator version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -client
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Attempt to connect to an already running instance of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -noload <plugin>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Do not load the specified plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -profile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Load profile plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -color <color>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Core plugin: override the selected UI color.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -disable-cdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger plugin: disable the Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            engine. For more information, see \l{Debugging}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -disable-gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger plugin: disable the GNU Symbolic Debugger (gdb) engine.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -disable-sdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger plugin: disable the Qt Script debugger engine.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -debug <PID-or-corefile>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger plugin: attach to process ID or core file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -wincrashevent <event-handle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger plugin: Attach to crashed processes by using the specified
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            event handle.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -customwizard-verbose
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o ProjectExplorer plugin: display additional information when loading
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            custom wizards. For more information about custom wizards, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o -lastsession
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o ProjectExplorer plugin: load the last session when Qt Creator starts.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Open the projects and files that were open when you last exited Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            For more information about managing sessions, see \l{Managing Sessions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    */